FCC ID: PY3FWG114P WIRELESS FIREWALL

 

Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P NETGEAR, Inc. 4500 Great America Parkway Santa Clara, CA 95054 USA M-10177-01 Version 1.0 July 2003 M-10177-01 2003 by NETGEAR, Inc. All rights reserved. Trademarks NETGEAR is a trademark of Netgear, Inc. Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Other brand and product names are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective holders. Statement of Conditions In the interest of improving internal design, operational function, and/or reliability, NETGEAR reserves the right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice. NETGEAR does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use or application of the product(s) or circuit layout(s) described herein. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Notice: Radio Frequency Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution 1. FCC RF Radiation Exposure Statement: The equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body. This Transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 3. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user authority to operate the equipment. 2. EN 55 022 Declaration of Conformance This is to certify that the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P is shielded against the generation of radio interference in accordance with the application of Council Directive 89/336/EEC, Article 4a. Conformity is declared by the application of EN 55 022 Class B (CISPR 22). ii M-10177-01 Besttigung des Herstellers/Importeurs Es wird hiermit besttigt, da das ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P gem der im BMPT-AmtsblVfg 243/1991 und Vfg 46/1992 aufgefhrten Bestimmungen entstrt ist. Das vorschriftsmige Betreiben einiger Gerte (z.B. Testsender) kann jedoch gewissen Beschrnkungen unterliegen. Lesen Sie dazu bitte die Anmerkungen in der Betriebsanleitung. Das Bundesamt fr Zulassungen in der Telekommunikation wurde davon unterrichtet, da dieses Gert auf den Markt gebracht wurde und es ist berechtigt, die Serie auf die Erfllung der Vorschriften hin zu berprfen. Certificate of the Manufacturer/Importer It is hereby certified that the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P has been suppressed in accordance with the conditions set out in the BMPT-AmtsblVfg 243/1991 and Vfg 46/1992. The operation of some equipment (for example, test transmitters) in accordance with the regulations may, however, be subject to certain restrictions. Please refer to the notes in the operating instructions. Federal Office for Telecommunications Approvals has been notified of the placing of this equipment on the market and has been granted the right to test the series for compliance with the regulations. Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI) Statement This equipment is in the second category (information equipment to be used in a residential area or an adjacent area thereto) and conforms to the standards set by the Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Data Processing Equipment and Electronic Office Machines aimed at preventing radio interference in such residential areas. When used near a radio or TV receiver, it may become the cause of radio interference. Read instructions for correct handling. M-10177-01 iii iv M-10177-01 Contents Chapter 1 About This Manual Audience, Conventions, Scope ......................................................................................1-1 Features of the HTML Version of this Manual ................................................................1-2 How to Print this Manual .................................................................................................1-3 Chapter 2 Introduction Key Features of the FWG114P .......................................................................................2-1 802.11g and 802.11b Wireless Networking ..............................................................2-2 A Powerful, True Firewall with Content Filtering ......................................................2-2 Security ....................................................................................................................2-3 Autosensing Ethernet Connections with Auto Uplink ...............................................2-3 Extensive Protocol Support ......................................................................................2-3 Easy Installation and Management ..........................................................................2-4 Maintenance and Support ........................................................................................2-5 Package Contents ..........................................................................................................2-5 The FWG114P Front Panel ......................................................................................2-6 The FWG114P Rear Panel ......................................................................................2-8 Chapter 3 Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet What You Will Need Before You Begin ...........................................................................3-1 Cabling and Computer Hardware Requirements .....................................................3-1 Computer Network Configuration Requirements .....................................................3-1 Internet Configuration Requirements .......................................................................3-2 Where Do I Get the Internet Configuration Parameters? .........................................3-2 Record Your Internet Connection Information ..........................................................3-3 Connecting the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server ..............................................3-4 How to Connect the FWG114P ................................................................................3-4 PPPoE Wizard-Detected Option ..............................................................................3-8 Contents v M-10177-01 Dynamic IP Wizard-Detected Option .......................................................................3-9 Fixed IP Account Wizard-Detected Option .............................................................3-10 Manually Configuring Your Internet Connection ........................................................... 3-11 How to Configure the Internet Connection Manually ..............................................3-12 How to Configure a Serial Port Internet Connection .....................................................3-13 Chapter 4 Wireless Configuration Observe Performance, Placement, and Range Guidelines ............................................4-1 Implement Appropriate Wireless Security ......................................................................4-2 Understanding Wireless Settings ...................................................................................4-3 Default Factory Settings ...........................................................................................4-6 Before You Change the SSID and WEP Settings ....................................................4-6 How to Set Up and Test Basic Wireless Connectivity ..............................................4-7 How to Restrict Wireless Access by MAC Address .................................................4-8 How to Configure WEP ............................................................................................4-9 Chapter 5 Firewall Protection and Content Filtering Firewall Protection and Content Filtering Overview ........................................................5-1 Block Sites ......................................................................................................................5-2 Using Rules to Block or Allow Specific Kinds of Traffic ..................................................5-3 Inbound Rules (Port Forwarding) .............................................................................5-5 Inbound Rule Example: A Local Public Web Server ..........................................5-6 Inbound Rule Example: Allowing Videoconference from Restricted Addresses 5-6 Considerations for Inbound Rules .....................................................................5-7 Outbound Rules (Service Blocking) .........................................................................5-7 Outbound Rule Example: Blocking Instant Messenger .....................................5-8 Order of Precedence for Rules ................................................................................5-8 Rules Menu Options .................................................................................................5-9 Services ........................................................................................................................5-10 Using a Schedule to Block or Allow Specific Traffic ...................................................... 5-11 Time Zone ........................................................................................................5-12 Getting E-Mail Notifications of Event Logs and Alerts ..................................................5-13 Viewing Logs of Web Access or Attempted Web Access .............................................5-15 Include in Log .........................................................................................................5-16 Syslog ....................................................................................................................5-17 vi Contents M-10177-01 Chapter 6 Print Server Network Printing from Windows .....................................................................................6-1 Installing the PTP Driver ..........................................................................................6-1 Printer Management ..........................................................................................6-3 Port Options .......................................................................................................6-3 LPD/LPR Printing from Windows .............................................................................6-4 Windows NT 4.0 Server Configuration ..............................................................6-5 Client PC Setup for LPD/LPR Printing ...............................................................6-7 Network Printing from the Macintosh ..............................................................................6-8 Network Printing from Linux ...........................................................................................6-9 Troubleshooting the Print Server ....................................................................................6-9 Chapter 7 Maintenance Viewing Wireless Firewall/Print Server Status Information .............................................5-1 Viewing a List of Attached Devices .................................................................................5-5 Upgrading the Router Software ......................................................................................5-5 Configuration File Management .....................................................................................5-6 Restoring and Backing Up the Configuration ...........................................................5-7 Erasing the Configuration .........................................................................................5-8 Changing the Administrator Password ...........................................................................5-8 Chapter 8 Advanced Configuration Using the WAN Setup Options .......................................................................................6-1 How to Configure Dynamic DNS ....................................................................................6-3 Using the LAN IP Setup Options ....................................................................................6-5 Configuring LAN TCP/IP Setup Parameters ............................................................6-5 Using the Router as a DHCP server ........................................................................6-6 Using Address Reservation ......................................................................................6-7 Configuring Static Routes ...............................................................................................6-8 Enabling Remote Management Access .......................................................................6-10 Using Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) ........................................................................ 6-11 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting Basic Functioning ...........................................................................................................7-1 Power LED Not On ...................................................................................................7-1 Contents vii M-10177-01 LEDs Never Turn Off ................................................................................................7-2 LAN or Internet Port LEDs Not On ...........................................................................7-2 Troubleshooting the Web Configuration Interface ..........................................................7-3 Troubleshooting the ISP Connection ..............................................................................7-4 Troubleshooting a TCP/IP Network Using a Ping Utility .................................................7-5 Testing the LAN Path to Your Router .......................................................................7-5 Testing the Path from Your PC to a Remote Device ................................................7-6 Restoring the Default Configuration and Password ........................................................7-7 Problems with Date and Time .........................................................................................7-7 Appendix A Technical Specifications Appendix B Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics Related Publications ...................................................................................................... B-1 Basic Router Concepts .................................................................................................. B-1 What is a Router? ................................................................................................... B-1 Routing Information Protocol ................................................................................... B-2 IP Addresses and the Internet ................................................................................. B-2 Netmask .................................................................................................................. B-4 Subnet Addressing .................................................................................................. B-4 Private IP Addresses ............................................................................................... B-7 Single IP Address Operation Using NAT ................................................................. B-8 MAC Addresses and Address Resolution Protocol ................................................. B-9 Related Documents ................................................................................................. B-9 Domain Name Server .............................................................................................. B-9 IP Configuration by DHCP .................................................................................... B-10 Internet Security and Firewalls .................................................................................... B-10 What is a Firewall? .................................................................................................B-11 Stateful Packet Inspection ......................................................................................B-11 Denial of Service Attack .........................................................................................B-11 Ethernet Cabling ...........................................................................................................B-11 Category 5 Cable Quality ...................................................................................... B-12 Inside Twisted Pair Cables .................................................................................... B-13 Uplink Switches, Crossover Cables, and MDI/MDIX Switching ............................ B-14 viii Contents M-10177-01 Appendix C Preparing Your Network Preparing Your Computers for TCP/IP Networking ....................................................... C-1 Configuring Windows 95, 98, and Me for TCP/IP Networking ....................................... C-2 Install or Verify Windows Networking Components ................................................. C-2 Enabling DHCP to Automatically Configure TCP/IP Settings ................................. C-4 Selecting Windows Internet Access Method .......................................................... C-6 Verifying TCP/IP Properties .................................................................................... C-6 Configuring Windows NT4, 2000 or XP for IP Networking ............................................ C-7 Install or Verify Windows Networking Components ................................................. C-7 Enabling DHCP to Automatically Configure TCP/IP Settings ................................. C-8 DHCP Configuration of TCP/IP in Windows XP ..................................................... C-8 DHCP Configuration of TCP/IP in Windows 2000 ................................................ C-10 DHCP Configuration of TCP/IP in Windows NT4 .................................................. C-13 Verifying TCP/IP Properties for Windows XP, 2000, and NT4 .............................. C-15 Configuring the Macintosh for TCP/IP Networking ...................................................... C-16 MacOS 8.6 or 9.x .................................................................................................. C-16 MacOS X ............................................................................................................... C-16 Verifying TCP/IP Properties for Macintosh Computers ......................................... C-17 Verifying the Readiness of Your Internet Account ....................................................... C-18 Are Login Protocols Used? ................................................................................... C-18 What Is Your Configuration Information? .............................................................. C-18 Obtaining ISP Configuration Information for Windows Computers ....................... C-19 Obtaining ISP Configuration Information for Macintosh Computers ..................... C-20 Restarting the Network ................................................................................................ C-21 Appendix D Wireless Networking Basics Wireless Networking Overview ...................................................................................... D-1 Infrastructure Mode ................................................................................................. D-1 Ad Hoc Mode (Peer-to-Peer Workgroup) ................................................................ D-2 Network Name: Extended Service Set Identification (ESSID) ................................ D-2 Authentication and WEP Data Encryption ..................................................................... D-3 802.11 Authentication .............................................................................................. D-3 Open System Authentication ................................................................................... D-4 Shared Key Authentication ...................................................................................... D-4 Contents ix M-10177-01 Overview of WEP Parameters ................................................................................ D-5 Key Size .................................................................................................................. D-6 WEP Configuration Options .................................................................................... D-7 Wireless Channels ......................................................................................................... D-7 Glossary List of Glossary Terms ...................................................................................................G-1 Index x Contents M-10177-01 Chapter 1 About This Manual Congratulations on your purchase of the NETGEAR ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P. This chapter introduces important features of this manual. Audience, Conventions, Scope This reference manual assumes that the reader has basic-to-intermediate computer and Internet skills. However, basic computer network, Internet, firewall, and networking technology tutorial information is provided in the Appendices. This guide uses the following typographical conventions:

Table 1. Typographical conventions italics bold times roman courier font This guide uses the following formats to highlight special messages:

Emphasis, books, CDs, URL names User input Screen text, file and server names, extensions, commands, IP addresses Note: This format is used to highlight information of importance or special interest. This manual is written f according to these specifications.:

Table 1-1. Manual Specifications Product Version Manual Publication Date ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P July 2003 Note: Product updates are available on the NETGEAR, Inc. web site at http://

www.netgear.com/support/main.asp. Documentation updates are available on the NETGEAR, Inc. web site at http://www.netgear.com/docs. About This Manual 1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Features of the HTML Version of this Manual The HTML version of this manual includes these features. 1 2 3 Figure Preface -2: HTML version of this manual 1. Left pane. Use the left pane to view the Contents, Index, Search, and Favorites tabs. To view the HTML version of the manual, you must have a version 4 or later browser with Java or JavaScript enabled. To use the Favorites feature, your browser must be set to accept cookies. You can record a list of favorite pages in the manual for easy later retrieval. 2. Toolbar buttons. Use the toolbar buttons across the top to navigate, print pages, and more. The Show in Contents button locates the currently displayed topic in the Contents tab. Previous/Next buttons display the topic that precedes or follows the current topic. The PDF button links to a PDF version of the full manual. The E-mail button enables you to send feedback by e-mail to Netgear support. The Print button prints the currently displayed topic. Using this button when a step-by-step procedure is displayed will send the entire procedure to your printer--you do not have to worry about specifying the correct range of pages. The Bookmark button bookmarks the currently displayed page in your browser. 3. Right pane. Use the right pane to view the contents of the manual. Also, each page of the manual includes a PDF of This Chapter link at the top right which links to a PDF file containing just the currently selected chapter of the manual. 2 About This Manual M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P How to Print this Manual To print this manual you man choose one of the following several options, according to your needs. Printing a How To Sequence of Steps in the HTML View. Use the Print button on the upper right of the toolbar to print the currently displayed topic. Using this button when a step-by-step procedure is displayed will send the entire procedure to your printer--you do not have to worry about specifying the correct range of pages. Printing a Chapter. Use the PDF of This Chapter link at the top right of any page. Click PDF of This Chapter link at the top right of any page in the chapter you want to print. A new browser window opens showing the PDF version of the chapter you were viewing. Click the print icon in the upper left of the window. Tip: If your printer supports printing two pages on a single sheet of paper, you can save paper an printer ink by selecting this feature. Printing the Full Manual. Use the PDF button in the toolbar at the top right of the browser window. Click PDF button. A new browser window opens showing the PDF version of the chapter you were viewing. Click the print icon in the upper left of the window. Tip: If your printer supports printing two pages on a single sheet of paper, you can save paper an printer ink by selecting this feature. About This Manual 3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 4 About This Manual M-10177-01 Chapter 2 Introduction This chapter describes the features of the NETGEAR ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P. Key Features of the FWG114P The ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P with 4-port switch connects your LAN to the Internet through a broadband modem. With auto fail-over connectivity through the serial port, the FWG114P provides highly reliable Internet access. The FWG114P is a complete security solution that protects your network from attacks and intrusions. Unlike simple Internet sharing routers that rely on Network Address Translation (NAT) for security, the FWG114P uses Stateful Packet Inspection for Denial of Service attack (DoS) attack protection and intrusion detection. The FWG114P allows Internet access for up to 253 users. The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server provides you with multiple Web content filtering options, plus browsing activity reporting and instant alerts -- both via e-mail. Parents and network administrators can establish restricted access policies based on time-of-day, Website addresses and address keywords, and share high-speed cable/DSL Internet access for up to 253 personal computers. In addition to NAT, the built-in firewall protects you from hackers. 802.11g and 802.11b standards-based wireless networking. Easy, web-based setup for installation and management. With minimum setup, you can install and use the router within minutes. The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server provides the following features:

Content Filtering and Site Blocking Security. Built in 4-port 10/100 Mbps Switch. Ethernet connection to a WAN device, such as a cable modem or DSL modem. Extensive Protocol Support. Login capability. Front panel LEDs for easy monitoring of status and activity. Flash memory for firmware upgrade. Introduction 2-1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 802.11g and 802.11b Wireless Networking 802.11b Standards-based wireless networking at up to 11 Mbps. 802.11g wireless networking at up to 54 Mbps, which conform to the 802.11g standard. 64-bit and 128-bit WEP encryption security. The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server includes an 802.11b-compliant wireless access point, providing continuous, high-speed 11 Mbps access between your wireless and Ethernet devices. The access point provides:

WEP keys can be generated manually or by passphrase. Wireless access can be restricted by MAC address. Wireless network name broadcast can be turned off so that only devices that have the network name (SSID) can connect. A Powerful, True Firewall with Content Filtering Unlike simple Internet sharing NAT routers, the FWG114P is a true firewall, using stateful packet inspection to defend against hacker attacks. Its firewall features include:

DoS protection. Automatically detects and thwarts DoS attacks such as Ping of Death, SYN Flood, LAND Attack, and IP Spoofing. Blocks unwanted traffic from the Internet to your LAN. Blocks access from your LAN to Internet locations or services that you specify as off-limits. Logs security incidents. The FWG114P will log security events such as blocked incoming traffic, port scans, attacks, and administrator logins. You can configure the router to email the log to you at specified intervals. You can also configure the router to send immediate alert messages to your email address or email pager whenever a significant event occurs. With its content filtering feature, the FWG114P prevents objectionable content from reaching your PCs. The router allows you to control access to Internet content by screening for keywords within Web addresses. You can configure the router to log and report attempts to access objectionable Internet sites. 2-2 Introduction M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Security The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server is equipped with several features designed to maintain security, as described in this section. PCs Hidden by NAT: NAT opens a temporary path to the Internet for requests originating from the local network. Requests originating from outside the LAN are discarded, preventing users outside the LAN from finding and directly accessing the PCs on the LAN. Port Forwarding with NAT: Although NAT prevents Internet locations from directly accessing the PCs on the LAN, the router allows you to direct incoming traffic to specific PCs based on the service port number of the incoming request, or to one designated DNS host computer. You can specify forwarding of single ports or ranges of ports. Autosensing Ethernet Connections with Auto Uplink With its internal 8-port 10/100 switch, the FWG114P can connect to either a 10 Mbps standard Ethernet network or a 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet network. Both the LAN and WAN interfaces are autosensing and capable of full-duplex or half-duplex operation. The router incorporates Auto UplinkTM technology. Each Ethernet port will automatically sense whether the Ethernet cable plugged into the port should have a normal connection such as to a PC or an uplink connection such as to a switch or hub. That port will then configure itself to the correct configuration. This feature also eliminates the need to worry about crossover cables, as Auto Uplink will accommodate either type of cable to make the right connection. Extensive Protocol Support The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server supports the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and Routing Information Protocol (RIP). For further information about TCP/IP, refer to Appendix B, Network, Routing, Firewall, and Basics. IP Address Sharing by NAT: The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server allows several networked PCs to share an Internet account using only a single IP address, which may be statically or dynamically assigned by your Internet service provider (ISP). This technique, known as NAT, allows the use of an inexpensive single-user ISP account. Introduction 2-3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Automatic Configuration of Attached PCs by DHCP: The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server dynamically assigns network configuration information, including IP, gateway, and domain name server (DNS) addresses, to attached PCs on the LAN using the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). This feature greatly simplifies configuration of PCs on your local network. DNS Proxy: When DHCP is enabled and no DNS addresses are specified, the router provides its own address as a DNS server to the attached PCs. The router obtains actual DNS addresses from the ISP during connection setup and forwards DNS requests from the LAN. PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE): PPPoE is a protocol for connecting remote hosts to the Internet over a DSL connection by simulating a dial-up connection. This feature eliminates the need to run a login program such as Entersys or WinPOET on your PC. PPTP login support for European ISPs, BigPond login for Telstra cable in Australia. Easy Installation and Management You can install, configure, and operate the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P within minutes after connecting it to the network. The following features simplify installation and management tasks:

Auto fail-over connectivity through an analog or ISDN modem connected to the serial port If the broadband modem Internet connection fails, after a waiting for an amount of time you specify, the FWG114P can automatically establish a backup ISDN or dial-up Internet connection via the serial port on the firewall. Browser-based management: Browser-based configuration allows you to easily configure your router from almost any type of personal computer, such as Windows, Macintosh, or Linux. A user-friendly Setup Wizard is provided and online help documentation is built into the browser-based Web Management Interface. Smart Wizard: The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server automatically senses the type of Internet connection, asking you only for the information required for your type of ISP account. Diagnostic functions: The firewall incorporates built-in diagnostic functions such as Ping, DNS lookup, and remote reboot. Remote management: The firewall allows you to login to the Web Management Interface from a remote location on the Internet. For security, you can limit remote management access to a specified remote IP address or range of addresses, and you can choose a nonstandard port number. 2-4 Introduction M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Visual monitoring: The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Servers front panel LEDs provide an easy way to monitor its status and activity. Regional support, including ISPs like Telstra DSL and BigPond or Deutsche Telekom. Maintenance and Support NETGEAR offers the following features to help you maximize your use of the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server:

Flash memory for firmware upgrade Free technical support seven days a week, twenty-four hours a day Package Contents The product package should contain the following items:

FWG114P ProSafe 802.11g Wireless Firewall/Print Server Power adapter FWG114P Resource CD, Installation guide, Support information card & warranty card Figure 2-1: FWG114P package contents Category 5 100 Mbps Ethernet cable ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P. Introduction 2-5 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P AC power adapter. Category 5 (Cat 5) Ethernet cable. FWG114P Installation Guide (M-10150-01) Resource CD for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P

(SW-10023-01), including:

This guide. Application Notes and other helpful information. Registration and Warranty Card. If any of the parts are incorrect, missing, or damaged, contact your NETGEAR dealer. Keep the carton, including the original packing materials, in case you need to return the router for repair. The FWG114P Front Panel The front panel of the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server contains the status LEDs described below. You can use the LEDs to verify various operations. Viewed from left to right, Table 2-1 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the router. Broadband ProSafe 802.11g Wireless Firewall/Print Server MODEL FWG114P ACT PWR TEST ALERT ACT LINK 100 LNK/ACT 1 2 3 100 4 LNK/ACT P R IN TER M O DEM IN TER N ET LO CA L W LA N Figure 2-2: FWG114P Front Panel 2-6 Introduction M-10177-01 Label POWER TEST PRINTER ACT ALERT MODEM ACT LINK INTERNET Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Table 2-1. LED Descriptions Activity On On Off Description Power is supplied to the firewall. The system is initializing. The system is ready and running. Blinking On (Amber) Data is being transmitted or received by the Printer port. The printer is offline, is out of paper, or has a paper jam. Blinking On (Amber) 100 (100 Mbps) LINK/ACT

(Link/Activity) LOCAL 100 (100 Mbps) LINK/ACT

(Link/Activity) WLAN On Off On Blinking On Off On Blinking On Data is being transmitted or received by the Modem port. The port has detected a link with an attached device. Note: The operation of these LEDs depends on how the WAN port is configured. See The Internet (WAN) port is operating at 100 Mbps. The Internet (WAN) port is operating at 10 Mbps. The Internet port has detected a link with an attached device. Data is being transmitted or received by the Internet port. The Local port is operating at 100 Mbps. The Local port is operating at 10 Mbps. The Local port detected a link with an attached device. The Local port is transmitting or receiving data. The Wireless (WLAN) port is operating. Introduction 2-7 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P The FWG114P Rear Panel The rear panel of the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server contains the port connections listed below. MODEM USB 4 3 LO CA L 10/100M 2 1 IN TER N ET 12VDC, 1.0A Figure 1-2: FWG114P Rear Panel Viewed from left to right, the rear panel contains the following features:

Wireless antenna DB-9 serial port for modem connection USB 2.0 Printer Port AC power adapter outlet Factory Default Reset push button Four Ethernet LAN ports Internet Ethernet WAN port for connecting the router to a broadband modem 2-8 Introduction M-10177-01 Chapter 3 Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet This chapter describes how to set up the router on your local area network (LAN) and connect to the Internet. You find out how to configure your ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P for Internet access using the Setup Wizard, or how to manually configure your Internet connection. What You Will Need Before You Begin You need to prepare these three things before you begin:

1. Have active Internet service such as that provided by an cable or DSL broadband account. 2. Locate the Internet Service Provider (ISP) configuration information for your DSL account. 3. Connect the router to a broadband modem and a computer as explained below. Cabling and Computer Hardware Requirements To use the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server on your network, each computer must have an installed Ethernet Network Interface Card (NIC) and an Ethernet cable. If the computer will connect to your network at 100 Mbps, you must use a Category 5 (CAT5) cable such as the one provided with your router. Computer Network Configuration Requirements The FWG114P includes a built-in Web Configuration Manager. To access the configuration menus on the FWG114P, your must use a Java-enabled web browser program which supports HTTP uploads such as Microsoft Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator. NETGEAR recommends using Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator 4.0 or above. Free browser programs are readily available for Windows, Macintosh, or UNIX/Linux. For the initial connection to the Internet and configuration of your router, you will need to connect a computer to the router which is set to automatically get its TCP/IP configuration from the router via DHCP. Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet 3-1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Note: For help with DHCP configuration, please refer to Appendix C, Preparing Your Network. The cable or DSL modem broadband access device must provide a standard 10 Mbps (10BASE-T) Ethernet interface. Internet Configuration Requirements Depending on how your ISP set up your Internet account, you will need one or more of these configuration parameters to connect your router to the Internet:

Host and Domain Names ISP Login Name and Password ISP Domain Name Server (DNS) Addresses Fixed IP Address which is also known as Static IP Address Where Do I Get the Internet Configuration Parameters?

There are several ways you can gather the required Internet connection information. Your ISP provides all the information needed to connect to the Internet. If you cannot locate this information, you can ask your ISP to provide it or you can try one of the options below. If you have a computer already connected using the active Internet access account, you can gather the configuration information from that computer. For Windows 95/98/ME, open the Network control panel, select the TCP/IP entry for the Ethernet adapter, and click Properties. Record all the settings for each tab page. For Windows 2000/XP, open the Local Area Network Connection, select the TCP/IP entry for the Ethernet adapter, and click Properties. Record all the settings for each tab page. For Macintosh computers, open the TCP/IP or Network control panel. Record all the settings for each section. You may also refer to the FWG114P Resource CD for the NETGEAR Router ISP Guide which provides Internet connection information for many ISPs. Once you locate your Internet configuration parameters, you may want to record them on the page below. 3-2 Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Record Your Internet Connection Information Print this page. Fill in the configuration parameters from your Internet Service Provider (ISP). ISP Login Name: The login name and password are case sensitive and must be entered exactly as given by your ISP. For AOL customers, the login name is their primary screen name. Some ISPs use your full e-mail address as the login name. The Service Name is not required by all ISPs. If you connect using a login name and password, then fill in the following:

Login Name: ______________________________ Password: ____________________________ Service Name: _____________________________ Fixed or Static IP Address: If you have a static IP address, record the following information. For example, 169.254.141.148 could be a valid IP address. Fixed or Static Internet IP Address: ______ . ______ . ______ . ______ Gateway IP Address: ______ . ______ . ______ . ______ Subnet Mask: ______ . ______ . ______ . ______ ISP DNS Server Addresses: If you were given DNS server addresses, fill in the following:

Primary DNS Server IP Address: ______ . ______ . ______ . ______ Secondary DNS Server IP Address: ______ . ______ . ______ . ______ Host and Domain Names: Some ISPs use a specific host or domain name like CCA7324-A or home. If you havent been given host or domain names, you can use the following examples as a guide:

If your main e-mail account with your ISP is aaa@yyy.com, then use aaa as your host name. Your ISP might call this your account, user, host, computer, or system name. If your ISPs mail server is mail.xxx.yyy.com, then use xxx.yyy.com as the domain name. ISP Host Name: _________________________ ISP Domain Name: _______________________ Serial Port Internet Access: If you use a dial-up account, record the following:

Account/User Name: _________________________ Password: _________________________ Telephone number: ______________________ Alternative number: ______________________ Wireless Access: For configuration of the wireless network, record the following:

Wireless Network Name (SSID): __________________ Encryption (circle one): WEP 64 or WEP 128 WEP key: ____________________ Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet 3-3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Connecting the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server This section provides instructions for connecting the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server. Also, the Resource CD for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P

(SW-10023-01) included with your router contains an animated Installation Assistant to help you through this procedure. How to Connect the FWG114P There are three steps to connecting your router:

1. Connect the router to your network 2. Log in to the router 3. Connect to the Internet Follow the steps below to connect your router to your network. You can also refer to the Resource CD included with your router which contains an animated Installation Assistant to help you through this procedure. 1. Connect the wireless firewall/print server to your network. a. Turn off your computer and broadband modem. b. Disconnect the Ethernet cable (A) from your computer which connects to your broadband modem. A Figure 3-1: Disconnect the broadband modem 3-4 Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P c. Connect the Ethernet cable from the broadband modem to the FWG114P Internet port (A). MODEM USB 4 A LO CA L 10/100M 3 2 1 IN TER N ET 12VDC, 1.0A FWG114P ProSafe 802.11g Wireless Firewall/Print Server Broadband modem Figure 3-2: Connect the broadband modem to the router d. Connect the Ethernet cable which came with the router from a Local port on the router (B) to your computer. FWG114P ProSafe 802.11g Wireless Firewall/Print Server MODEM USB 4 3 LO CA L 10/100M 2 1 IN TER N ET 12VDC, 1.0A B Broadband modem Figure 3-3: Connect the computers on your network to the router Note: The FWG114P incorporates Auto UplinkTM technology. Each LOCAL Ethernet port will automatically sense if the cable should have a normal connection or an uplink connection. This feature eliminates the need to worry about crossover cables because Auto Uplink will make the right connection either type of cable. e. Now, turn on your computer. If software usually logs you in to your Internet connection, do not run that software or cancel it if it starts automatically. Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet 3-5 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P f. Verify the following:

When your turn the router on, the power light goes on. The routers local lights are lit for any computers that are connected to it. The routers Internet light is lit, indicating a link has been established to the broadband modem. Note: For wireless placement and range guidelines, and wireless configuration instructions, please see Chapter 4, Wireless Configuration. 2. Log in to the wireless firewall/print server. Note: To connect to the router, your computer needs to be configured to obtain an IP address automatically via DHCP. If you need instructions on how to do this, please refer to Appendix C, Preparing Your Network. a. Connect to the router by typing http://192.168.0.1 in the address filed of your browser. Figure 3-4: Log in to the router b. For security reasons, the router has its own user name and password. When prompted, enter admin for the router user name and password for the router password, both in lower case letters.The router user name and password are not the same as any user name or password you may use to log in to your Internet connection. A login window shown below opens:

Figure 3-5: Login window 3-6 Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 3. Connect to the Internet Figure 3-6: Setup Wizard a. You are now connected to the router. If you do not see the menu above, click the Setup Wizard link on the upper left of the main menu. b. Click Next and follow the steps in the Setup Wizard for inputting the configuration parameters from your ISP to connect to the Internet. Note: If you choose not to use the Setup Wizard, you can manually configure your Internet connection settings by following the procedure Manually Configuring Your Internet Connection on page 3-11. Unless your ISP automatically assigns your configuration automatically via DHCP, you will need the configuration parameters from your ISP as you recorded them previously in Record Your Internet Connection Information on page 3-3. c. When the router successfully detects an active Internet service, the routers Internet LED goes on. The Setup Wizard reports which connection type it discovered, and displays the appropriate configuration menu. If the Setup Wizard finds no connection, you will be prompted to check the physical connection between your router and the cable or DSL line. d. The Setup Wizard will report the type of connection it finds. The options are:

Connections which require a login using protocols such as PPPoE, DHCP, or Static IP broadband connections. Connections which use dynamic IP address assignment. Connections which use fixed IP address assignment. The procedures for filling in the configuration menu for each type of connection follow below. Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet 3-7 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P PPPoE Wizard-Detected Option If the Setup Wizard discovers that your ISP uses PPPoE, you will see this menu:

Figure 3-7: Setup Wizard menu for PPPoE accounts 3-8 Enter the Account Name, Domain Name, Login, and Password as provided by your ISP. These fields are case sensitive. The router will try to discover the domain automatically if you leave the Domain Name blank. Otherwise, you may need to enter it manually. To change the login timeout, enter a new value in minutes. This determines how long the router keeps the Internet connection active after there is no Internet activity from the LAN. Entering a timeout value of zero means never log out. Note: You no longer need to run the ISPs login program on your PC in order to access the Internet. When you start an Internet application, your router will automatically log you in. If you know that your ISP does not automatically transmit DNS addresses to the router during login, select Use these DNS servers and enter the IP address of your ISPs Primary DNS Server. If a Secondary DNS Server address is available, enter it also. Note: If you enter DNS addresses, restart your computers so that these settings take effect. If your ISP requires a specific MAC address for the connection, you may need to fill a MAC address. Usually, it is not necessary to change the MAC address setting. Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Click Apply to save your settings. Click Test to verify that your Internet connection works. If the NETGEAR website does not appear within one minute, refer to Chapter 9, Troubleshooting. Dynamic IP Wizard-Detected Option If the Setup Wizard discovers that your ISP uses Dynamic IP assignment, you will see this menu:

Figure 3-8: Setup Wizard menu for Dynamic IP address accounts Enter your Account Name (may also be called Host Name) and Domain Name. These parameters may be necessary to access your ISPs services such as mail or news servers. If you leave the Domain Name field blank, the router try to discover the domain. Otherwise, you may need to enter it manually. If you know that your ISP does not automatically transmit DNS addresses to the router during login, select Use these DNS servers and enter the IP address of your ISPs Primary DNS Server. If a Secondary DNS Server address is available, enter it also. Note: If you enter DNS addresses, restart your computers so that these settings take effect. If your ISP requires a specific MAC address for the connection, you may need to fill a MAC address. Usually, it is not necessary to change the MAC address setting. Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet 3-9 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Click Apply to save your settings. Click Test to test your Internet connection. If the NETGEAR website does not appear within one minute, refer to Chapter 9, Troubleshooting. Fixed IP Account Wizard-Detected Option If the Setup Wizard discovers that your ISP uses Fixed IP assignment, you will see this menu:

Figure 3-9: Setup Wizard menu for Fixed IP address accounts Fixed IP is also called Static IP. Enter your assigned IP Address, Subnet Mask, the IP Address of your ISPs gateway router, and the IP address of your ISPs DNS Servers from what you recorded in Record Your Internet Connection Information on page 3-3. Note: Restart the computers on your network so that these settings take effect. If your ISP requires a specific MAC address for the connection, you may need to fill a MAC address. Usually, it is not necessary to change the MAC address setting. Click Apply to save the settings. Click Test to test your Internet connection. If the NETGEAR website does not appear within one minute, refer to Chapter 9, Troubleshooting. 3-10 Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Manually Configuring Your Internet Connection You can manually configure your router using the menu below, or you can allow the Setup Wizard to determine your configuration as described in the previous section. ISP Does Not Require Login ISP Does Require Login Figure 3-10: Browser-based configuration Basic Settings menus Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet 3-11 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P How to Configure the Internet Connection Manually You can manually configure the router using the Basic Settings menu shown in Figure 3-10 using these steps:

1. Click the Basic Settings link on the Setup menu. 2. If your Internet connection does not require a login, click No at the top of the Basic Settings menu and fill in the settings according to the instructions below. If your Internet connection does require a login, click Yes, and skip to step 3. a. Enter your Account Name (may also be called Host Name) and Domain Name. b. These parameters may be necessary to access your ISPs services such as mail or news servers. Internet IP Address:

If your ISP has assigned you a permanent, fixed (static) IP address for your PC, select Use static IP address. Enter the IP address that your ISP assigned. Also enter the netmask and the Gateway IP address. The Gateway is the ISPs router to which your router will connect. c. Domain Name Server (DNS) Address:

If you know that your ISP does not automatically transmit DNS addresses to the router during login, select Use these DNS servers and enter the IP address of your ISPs Primary DNS Server. If a Secondary DNS Server address is available, enter it also. Note: If you enter an address here, restart the computers on your network so that these settings take effect. d. Gateways MAC Address:

This section determines the Ethernet MAC address that will be used by the router on the Internet port. Some ISPs will register the Ethernet MAC address of the network interface card in your PC when your account is first opened. They will then only accept traffic from the MAC address of that PC. This feature allows your router to masquerade as that PC by cloning its MAC address. To change the MAC address, select Use this Computers MAC address. The router will then capture and use the MAC address of the PC that you are now using. You must be using the one PC that is allowed by the ISP. Or, select Use this MAC address and enter it. e. Click Apply to save your settings. If your Internet connection does require a login, fill in the settings according to the instructions below. 3. 3-12 Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Note: After you finish setting up your router, you will no longer need to launch the ISPs login program on your PC in order to access the Internet. When you start an Internet application, your router will automatically log you in. a. Select you Internet service provisory from the drop-down list. b. The screen will change according to the ISP settings requirements of the ISP you select. c. Fill in the parameters for your ISP according to the Wizard-detected procedures starting on page 3-8. d. Click Apply to save your settings. How to Configure a Serial Port Internet Connection Use the procedure below to configure an Internet connection via the serial port of your FWG114P. There are three steps to configuring the serial port of your firewall for an Internet connection:

1. Connect the firewall to your ISDN or dial-up analog modem 2. Configure the firewall 3. Connect to the Internet Follow the steps below to configure a serial port Internet connection on your firewall. 1. Connect the FWG114P to your ISDN or dial-up modem a. Turn off your Modem and connect the cable (C) from the serial port your FWG114P to the modem. MODEM USB 4 3 LO CA L 10/100M 2 1 IN TER N ET 12VDC, 1.0A C FWG114P ISDN or analog modem Figure 3-11: Connect the ISDN or analog modem to the firewall Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet 3-13 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P b. Turn on the modem and wait about 30 seconds for the lights to stop blinking. 2. Configure the Serial Port of the Firewall. a. Log in to the firewall at http://192.168.0.1 with its default user name of admin and default password of password, or using whatever Password you have set up. Note: The user name and password are not the same as any user name or password you may use to log in to your Internet connection. b. From the Setup menu, click the Serial Port link to display the menu below. Figure 3-12: Serial Port configuration menu 3-14 Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P c. Choose the type of Serial Port Usage:

Auto-rollover with a wait time in minutes Primary Internet connection d. Fill in the ISP Internet configuration parameters as appropriate:

For a Dial-up Account, enter the Account/User Name, Password, the Telephone number to dial, an Alternative Telephone number if available. Check Connect as required to enable the firewall to automatically dial the number. If you want to enable a Idle Time disconnect, check the box and enter a time in minutes. To configure the TCP/IP settings, fill in whatever address parameters your ISP provided. e. Configure the Modem parameters:

Figure 3-13: Modem configuration menu Select the Serial Line Speed. This is the maximum speed the modem will attempt to use. For ISDN permanent connections, the speeds are typically 64000 or 128000 bps. For dial-up modems, 56000 bps would be a typical setting. For ISDN, select Permanent connection (leased line). For dial-up, select your modem from the list. If your modem is not on the list, select User Defined and enter the Modem Properties. Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet 3-15 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Select the Modem Type Figure 3-14: Modem Properties menu If you are using the Generic Modem selection and configuring your own modem stings, fill in the Modem Properties settings. Note: You can validate modem string settings by first connecting the modem directly to a PC, establishing a connection to your ISP, and then copying the modem string settings from the PC configuration and pasting them into the FWG114P Modem Properties Initial String field. For more information on this procedure, please refer to the support area of the NETGEAR web site. f. Click Apply to save your settings. 3. Connect to the Internet to test your configuration. If you have a broadband connection, disconnect it. a. b. From a workstation, open a browser and test your serial port Internet connection. Note: The response time of your serial port Internet connection will be slower than a broadband Internet connection. 3-16 Connecting the FWG114P to the Internet M-10177-01 Chapter 4 Wireless Configuration This chapter describes how to configure the wireless features of your FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server. Observe Performance, Placement, and Range Guidelines In planning your wireless network, you should consider the level of security required. You should also select the physical placement of your FWG114P in order to maximize the network speed. For further information on wireless networking, refer to in Appendix D, Wireless Networking Basics. Note: Failure to follow these guidelines can result in significant performance degradation or inability to wirelessly connect to the wireless firewall/print server. For complete range and performance specifications, please see Appendix A, Technical Specifications. The operating distance or range of your wireless connection can vary significantly based on the physical placement of the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server. The latency, data throughput performance, and notebook power consumption also vary depending on your configuration choices. For best results, place your wireless firewall/print server:

Near the center of the area in which your PCs will operate. In an elevated location such as a high shelf where the wirelessly connected PCs have line-of-sight access (even if through walls). The best location is elevated, such as wall mounted or on the top of a cubicle, and at the center of your wireless coverage area for all the mobile devices. Away from sources of interference, such as PCs, microwaves, and 2.4 GHz cordless phones. Away from large metal surfaces. Be aware that the time it takes to establish a wireless connection can vary depending on both your security settings and placement. WEP connections can take slightly longer to establish. Also, WEP encryption can consume more battery power on a notebook PC. Wireless Configuration 4-1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Implement Appropriate Wireless Security Note: Indoors, computers can connect over 802.11 wireless networks at ranges of 300 feet or more. Such distances can allow for others outside of your immediate area to access your network. Unlike wired network data, your wireless data transmissions can extend beyond your walls and can be received by anyone with a compatible adapter. For this reason, use the security features of your wireless equipment. The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server provides highly effective security features which are covered in detail in this chapter. Wireless Data Security Options Range: Up to 300 Feet MODEM USB 4 3 LO CA L 10/100M 2 1 IN TER N ET 12VDC, 1.0A 1) Open System: Easy but no security FWG114P 2) MAC Access List: No data security Figure 4-1: FWG114P wireless data security options 3) WEP: Security but some performance impact There are several ways you can enhance the security of you wireless network. Restrict Access Based on MAC Address. You can allow only trusted PCs to connect so that unknown PCs cannot wirelessly connect to the FWG114P. Restricting access by MAC address adds an obstacle against unwanted access to your network, but the data broadcast over the wireless link is fully exposed. Turn Off the Broadcast of the Wireless Network Name SSID. If you disable broadcast of the SSID, only devices that have the correct SSID can connect. This nullifies the wireless network discovery feature of some products such as Windows XP, but the data is still fully exposed. WEP. Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) data encryption provides data security. WEP Shared Key authentication and WEP data encryption will block all but the most determined eavesdropper. 4-2 Wireless Configuration M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Understanding Wireless Settings To configure the wireless settings of your FWG114P, click the Wireless link in the Setup section of the main menu. The wireless settings menu will appear, as shown below. Figure 4-2: Wireless Settings menu Wireless Configuration 4-3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Note: The 802.11b and 802.11g wireless networking protocols are configured in exactly the same fashion. The FWG114P will automatically adjust to the 802.11g or 802.11b protocol as the device requires without compromising the speed of the other connected devices. Wireless Network. The station name of the FWG114P. SSID (Service Set Identification). The SSID is also known as the wireless network name. Enter a value of up to 32 alphanumeric characters. In a setting where there is more than one wireless network, different wireless network names provide a means for separating the traffic. Any device you want to participate in the 11a or the 11b/g wireless network will need to use this SSID for that network. The FWG114P default SSID is: NETGEAR. Region. This field identifies the region where the FWG114P can be used. It may not be legal to operate the wireless features of the wireless firewall/print server in a region other than one of those identified in this field. Unless you select a region, you will only be able to use Channel 11 Channel. This field determines which operating frequency will be used. It should not be necessary to change the wireless channel unless you notice interference problems with another nearby access point. For more information on the wireless channel frequencies please refer to Wireless Channels on page D-7. Mode. Select the desired wireless mode. The options are:

g & b - Both 802.11g and 802.11b wireless stations can be used. g only - Only 802.11g wireless stations can be used. b only - All 802.11b wireless stations can be used. 802.11g wireless stations can still be used if they can operate in 802.11b mode. The default is g & b which allows both 802.11g and 802.11b wireless stations to access this device. Wireless Access Point Enable Wireless Access Point. Lets you restrict wireless connections according to a list of Trusted PCs MAC addresses. When the Trusted PCs Only radio button is selected, the FWG114P checks the MAC address of the wireless station and only allows connections to PCs identified on the trusted PCs list. 4-4 Wireless Configuration M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Allow Broadcast of Name (SSID). The default setting is to enable SSID broadcast. If you disable broadcast of the SSID, only devices that have the correct SSID can connect. Disabling SSID broadcast somewhat hampers the wireless network discovery feature of some products. Wireless Card Access List You can restrict wireless access to the FWG114P based on the MAC device of the wireless station. To restrict access based on MAC addresses, click the Set up Access List button and update the MAC access control list. WEP Security Encryption Authentication Type. The FWG114P lets you select the following wireless authentication Shared key. schemes. Automatic Open System. Be sure to set your wireless adapter according to the authentication scheme you choose for the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server. Please refer to Authentication and WEP Data Encryption on page D-3 for a full explanation of each of these options, as defined by the IEEE 802.11 wireless communication standard. Encryption Strength. Choose the encryption settings from this menu. When 64- or 128 WEP is selected, WEP encryption will be applied. Please refer to Overview of WEP Parameters on page D-5 for a full explanation of each of these options, as defined by the IEEE 802.11 wireless communication standard. Security Encryption WEP Key. If WEP is enabled, you can manually or automatically program the four data encryption keys. These values must be identical on all PCs and access points in your network. There are two methods for creating WEP encryption keys:

Passphrase. Enter a word or group of printable characters in the Passphrase box and click the Generate button. This phrase is case sensitive. Manual. 64-bit WEP: Enter 10 hexadecimal digits (any combination of 0-9, a-f, or A-F). 128-bit WEP: Enter 26 hexadecimal digits (any combination of 0-9, a-f, or A-F). This key is not case sensitive. Clicking the radio button selects which of the four keys will be the default. Wireless Configuration 4-5 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Default Factory Settings When you first receive your FWG114P, the default factory settings are shown below. You can restore these defaults with the Factory Default Restore button on the rear panel. After you install the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server, use the procedures below to customize any of the settings to better meet your networking needs. FEATURE SSID RF Channel Access Point SSID broadcast Wireless Card Access List for Access Point Connections WEP Security Authentication Type DEFAULT FACTORY SETTINGS NETGEAR 11 until the Region is selected Enabled Enabled All wireless stations allowed Disabled Open System Before You Change the SSID and WEP Settings Take the following steps:

For a new wireless network, print or copy this form and fill in the configuration parameters. For an existing wireless network, the person who set up or is responsible for the network will be able to provide this information. Be sure to set the Regulatory Domain correctly as the first step. SSID: The Service Set Identification (SSID) identifies the wireless local area network. Wireless is the default FWG114P SSID. However, you may customize it by using up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Write your customized SSID on the line below. Note: The SSID in the wireless firewall/print server is the SSID you configure in the wireless adapter card. All wireless nodes in the same network must be configured with the same SSID: ______________________________ Authentication Choose Shared Key for more security. 802.11b SSID, circle one: Open System or Shared Key 4-6 Wireless Configuration M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Note: If you select shared key, the other devices in the network will not connect unless they are set to Shared Key as well and have the same keys used in the FWG114P. WEP Encryption Keys For all four 802.11b keys, choose the Key Size. Circle one: 64 or 128 bits Key 1: ___________________________________ Key 2: ___________________________________ Key 3: ___________________________________ Key 4: ___________________________________ Use the procedures described in the following sections to configure the FWG114P. Store this information in a safe place. How to Set Up and Test Basic Wireless Connectivity Follow the instructions below to set up and test basic wireless connectivity. Once you have established basic wireless connectivity, you can enable security settings appropriate to your needs. 1. Log in the default LAN address of http://192.168.0.1 with the default user name of admin and default password of password, or using whatever LAN address and password you have set up. 2. Set the Regulatory Domain correctly. 3. Choose a suitable descriptive name for the wireless network name (SSID). In the SSID box, enter a value of up to 32 alphanumeric characters. The default SSID is NETGEAR. Note: The characters are case sensitive. An access point always functions in infrastructure mode. The SSID for any wireless device communicating with the access point must match the SSID configured in the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P. If they do not match, you will not get a wireless connection to the FWG114P. 4. Set the Channel. It should not be necessary to change the wireless channel unless you notice interference problems with another nearby wireless router or access point. Select a channel that is not being used by any other wireless networks within several hundred feet of your wireless firewall/print server. For more information on the wireless channel frequencies please refer to Wireless Channels on page D-7. 5. Depending on the types of wireless adapters you have in your computers, choose from the Mode drop-down list. Wireless Configuration 4-7 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 6. For initial configuration and test, leave the Wireless Card Access List set to All Wireless Stations and the Encryption Strength set to Disable. 7. Click Apply to save your changes. Note: If you are configuring the FWG114P from a wireless PC and you change the wireless firewall/print servers SSID, channel, or security settings, you will lose your wireless connection when you click on Apply. You must then change the wireless settings of your PC to match the FWG114Ps new settings. 8. Configure and test your PCs for wireless connectivity. Program the wireless adapter of your PCs to have the same SSID that you configured in the FWG114P. Check that they have a wireless link and are able to obtain an IP address by DHCP from the wireless firewall/print server. Once your PCs have basic wireless connectivity to the wireless firewall/print server, then you can configure the advanced options and wireless security functions. How to Restrict Wireless Access by MAC Address To restrict access based on MAC addresses, follow these steps:

1. Log in at the default LAN address of http://192.168.0.1 with the default user name of admin and default password of password. 2. Click the Wireless link in the main menu of the FWG114P. From the Wireless Settings menu, click the Set UP Access List button. 3. Click the Turn Access Control On checkbox to enable MAC filtering. 4. Click Add to open the Wireless Card Access Setup menu. You can select a device from the list of available wireless cards the FWG114P has discovered in your area, or you can manually enter the MAC address and Device Name (usually the NetBIOS name). 5. Click Add to add this device to your MAC access control list. 4-8 Wireless Configuration M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Note: When configuring the FWG114P from a wireless PC whose MAC address is not in the access control list, if you select Turn Access Control On, you will lose your wireless connection when you click on Apply. You must then access the wireless firewall/print server from a wired PC or from a wireless PC which is on the access control list to make any further changes. 6. Be sure to click Apply to save your trusted wireless PCs list settings. Now, only devices on this list will be allowed to wirelessly connect to the FWG114P. To remove a MAC address from the table, click on it to select it, then click the Delete button. How to Configure WEP To configure WEP data encryption, follow these steps:

1. Log in at the default LAN address of http://192.168.0.1 with the default user name of admin and default password of password, or using whatever LAN address and password you set up. 2. Click the Wireless link in the main menu of the FWG114P. 3. Choose the Authentication Type and Encryption Strength options. You can manually or automatically program the four data encryption keys. These values must be identical on all PCs and Access Points in your network. Automatic - Enter a word or group of printable characters in the Passphrase box. This phrase is case sensitive. Click Generate. The four key boxes will be automatically populated with key values. Manual - Enter ten hexadecimal digits (any combination of 0-9, a-f, or A-F) These hey values are not case sensitive. Select which of the four keys will be the default. Please refer to Overview of WEP Parameters on page D-5 for a full explanation of each of these options, as defined by the IEEE 802.11b wireless communication standard. 4. Click Apply to save your settings. Note: When configuring the wireless firewall/print server from a wireless PC, if you configure WEP settings, you will lose your wireless connection when you click on Apply. You must then either configure your wireless adapter to match the wireless firewall/print server WEP settings or access the wireless firewall/print server from a wired PC to make any further changes. Wireless Configuration 4-9 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 4-10 Wireless Configuration M-10177-01 Chapter 5 Firewall Protection and Content Filtering This chapter describes how to use the content filtering features of the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P to protect your network. These features can be found by clicking on the Content Filtering heading in the Main Menu of the browser interface. Firewall Protection and Content Filtering Overview The ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P provides you with Web content filtering options, plus browsing activity reporting and instant alerts via e-mail. Parents and network administrators can establish restricted access policies based on time-of-day, web addresses and web address keywords. You can also block Internet access by applications and services, such as chat or games. A firewall is a special category of router that protects one network (the trusted network, such as your LAN) from another (the untrusted network, such as the Internet), while allowing communication between the two. A firewall incorporates the functions of a NAT (Network Address Translation) router, while adding features for dealing with a hacker intrusion or attack, and for controlling the types of traffic that can flow between the two networks. Unlike simple Internet sharing NAT routers, a firewall uses a process called stateful packet inspection to protect your network from attacks and intrusions. NAT performs a very limited stateful inspection in that it considers whether the incoming packet is in response to an outgoing request, but true Stateful Packet Inspection goes far beyond NAT. To configure these features of your router, click on the subheadings under the Content Filtering heading in the Main Menu of the browser interface. The subheadings are described below:

Firewall Protection and Content Filtering 5-1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Block Sites The FWG114P allows you to restrict access based on Web addresses and Web address keywords. Up to 255 entries are supported in the Keyword list. The Keyword Blocking menu is shown in Figure 5-1:

Figure 5-1: Block Sites menu To enable filtering, click the checkbox next to the type of filtering you want to enable. The filtering choices are:

ActiveX: blocks use of ActiveX components (OCX files) used by IE on Windows Cookies: blocks all cookies Proxy: blocks use of a proxy server Java: blocks use of Java applets To enable keyword blocking, check Turn keyword blocking on, then click Apply. To add a keyword or domain, type it in the Keyword box, click Add Keyword, then click Apply. 5-2 Firewall Protection and Content Filtering M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P To delete a keyword or domain, select it from the list, click Delete Keyword, then click Apply. Keyword application examples:

If the keyword "XXX" is specified, the URL <http://www.badstuff.com/xxx.html> is blocked, as is the newsgroup alt.pictures.XXX. If the keyword .com is specified, only websites with other domain suffixes (such as .edu or

.gov) can be viewed. If you wish to block all Internet browsing access, enter the keyword .. To specify a Trusted User, enter that PCs IP address in the Trusted User box and click Apply. You may specify one Trusted User, which is a PC that will be exempt from blocking and logging. Since the Trusted User will be identified by an IP address, you should configure that PC with a fixed or reserved IP address. Using Rules to Block or Allow Specific Kinds of Traffic Firewall rules are used to block or allow specific traffic passing through from one side to the other. Inbound rules (WAN to LAN) restrict access by outsiders to private resources, selectively allowing only specific outside users to access specific resources. Outbound rules (LAN to WAN) determine what outside resources local users can have access to. A firewall has two default rules, one for inbound traffic and one for outbound. The default rules of the FWG114P are:

Outbound: Allow all access from the LAN side to the outside. Inbound: Block all access from outside except responses to requests from the LAN side. Firewall Protection and Content Filtering 5-3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P These default rules are shown in the Rules table of the Rules menu in Figure 5-2:

Figure 5-2: Rules menu You may define additional rules that will specify exceptions to the default rules. By adding custom rules, you can block or allow access based on the service or application, source or destination IP addresses, and time of day. You can also choose to log traffic that matches or does not match the rule you have defined. To create a new rule, click the Add button. To edit an existing rule, select its button on the left side of the table and click Edit. To delete an existing rule, select its button on the left side of the table and click Delete. To move an existing rule to a different position in the table, select its button on the left side of the table and click Move. At the script prompt, enter the number of the desired new position and click OK. An example of the menu for defining or editing a rule is shown in Figure 5-3. The parameters are:

5-4 Firewall Protection and Content Filtering M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Service. From this list, select the application or service to be allowed or blocked. The list already displays many common services, but you are not limited to these choices. Use the Services menu to add any additional services or applications that do not already appear. Action. Choose how you would like this type of traffic to be handled. You can block or allow always, or you can choose to block or allow according to the schedule you have defined in the Schedule menu. Source Address. Specify traffic originating on the LAN (outbound) or the WAN (inbound), and choose whether you would like the traffic to be restricted by source IP address. You can select Any, a Single address, or a Range. If you select a range of addresses, enter the range in the start and finish boxes. If you select a single address, enter it in the start box. Destination Address.The Destination Address will be assumed to be from the opposite (LAN or WAN) of the Source Address. As with the Source Address, you can select Any, a Single address, or a Range unless NAT is enabled and the destination is the LAN. In that case, you must enter a Single LAN address in the start box. Log. You can select whether the traffic will be logged. The choices are:

Never - no log entries will be made for this service. Match - traffic of this type which matches the parameters and action will be logged. Inbound Rules (Port Forwarding) Because the FWG114P uses Network Address Translation (NAT), your network presents only one IP address to the Internet, and outside users cannot directly address any of your local computers. However, by defining an inbound rule you can make a local server (for example, a web server or game server) visible and available to the Internet. The rule tells the router to direct inbound traffic for a particular service to one local server based on the destination port number. This is also known as port forwarding. Note: Some residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server processes (such as a Web or FTP server) from your location. Your ISP may periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location. If you are unsure, refer to the Acceptable Use Policy of your ISP. Remember that allowing inbound services opens holes in your FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server. Only enable those ports that are necessary for your network. Following are two application examples of inbound rules:

Firewall Protection and Content Filtering 5-5 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Inbound Rule Example: A Local Public Web Server If you host a public web server on your local network, you can define a rule to allow inbound web

(HTTP) requests from any outside IP address to the IP address of your web server at any time of day. This rule is shown in Figure 5-3:

Figure 5-3: Rule example: A Local Public Web Server Inbound Rule Example: Allowing Videoconference from Restricted Addresses If you want to allow incoming videoconferencing to be initiated from a restricted range of outside IP addresses, such as from a branch office, you can create an inbound rule. In the example shown in Figure 5-4, CU-SeeMe connections are allowed only from a specified range of external IP addresses. In this case, we have also specified logging of any incoming CU-SeeMe requests that do not match the allowed parameters. Figure 5-4: Rule example: Videoconference from Restricted Addresses 5-6 Firewall Protection and Content Filtering M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Considerations for Inbound Rules If your external IP address is assigned dynamically by your ISP, the IP address may change periodically as the DHCP lease expires. Consider using the Dyamic DNS feature in the Advanced menus so that external users can always find your network. If the IP address of the local server PC is assigned by DHCP, it may change when the PC is rebooted. To avoid this, use the Reserved IP address feature in the LAN IP menu to keep the PCs IP address constant. Local PCs must access the local server using the PCs local LAN address (192.168.0.99 in this example). Attempts by local PCs to access the server using the external WAN IP address will fail. Outbound Rules (Service Blocking) The FWG114P allows you to block the use of certain Internet services by PCs on your network. This is called service blocking or port filtering. You can define an outbound rule to block Internet access from a local PC based on:

IP address of the local PC (source address) IP address of the Internet site being contacted (destination address) Time of day Type of service being requested (service port number) Firewall Protection and Content Filtering 5-7 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Outbound Rule Example: Blocking Instant Messenger If you want to block Instant Messenger usage by employees during working hours, you can create an outbound rule to block that application from any internal IP address to any external address according to the schedule that you have created in the Schedule menu. You can also have the router log any attempt to use Instant Messenger during that blocked period. Figure 5-5: Rule example: Blocking Instant Messenger Order of Precedence for Rules As you define new rules, they are added to the tables in the Rules menu. For any traffic attempting to pass through the firewall, the packet information is subjected to the rules in the order of the entries in the Rules Table, beginning at the top and proceeding to the default rules at the bottom. In some cases, the order of precedence of two or more rules may be important in determining the disposition of a packet. The Move button allows you to relocate a defined rule to a new position in the table. 5-8 Firewall Protection and Content Filtering M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Rules Menu Options Use the Options checkboxes to enable the following:

Enable VPN Passthrough (IPSec, PPTP, L2TP) If LAN users need to use VPN (Virtual Private Networking) software on their PC, and connect to remote sites or servers, enable this checkbox. This will allow the VPN protocols (IPSec, PPTP, L2TP) to be used. If this checkbox is not checked, these protocols are blocked. Drop fragmented IP packets If checked, all fragmented IP packets will be dropped (discarded). Normally, this should NOT be checked. Block TCP flood If checked, when a TCP flood attack is detected, the port used will be closed, and no traffic will be able to use that port. Block UDP flood If checked, when a UDP flood attack is detected, all traffic from that IP address will be blocked. Block non-standard packets If checked, only known packet types will be accepted; other packets will be blocked. The known packet types are TCP, UDP, ICMP, ESP, and GRE. Note that these are packet types, not protocols. Firewall Protection and Content Filtering 5-9 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Services Services are functions performed by server computers at the request of client computers. For example, Web servers serve web pages, time servers serve time and date information, and game hosts serve data about other players moves. When a computer on the Internet sends a request for service to a server computer, the requested service is identified by a service or port number. This number appears as the destination port number in the transmitted IP packets. For example, a packet that is sent with destination port number 80 is an HTTP (Web server) request. The service numbers for many common protocols are defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) and published in RFC1700, Assigned Numbers. Service numbers for other applications are typically chosen from the range 1024 to 65535 by the authors of the application. Although the FWG114P already holds a list of many service port numbers, you are not limited to these choices. Use the Services menu to add additional services and applications to the list for use in defining firewall rules. The Services menu shows a list of services that you have defined. To define a new service, first you must determine which port number or range of numbers is used by the application. This information can usually be determined by contacting the publisher of the application or from user groups of newsgroups. When you have the port number information, go the Services menu and click on the Add Custom Service button. The Add Services menu will appear. To add a service, 1. Enter a descriptive name for the service so that you will remember what it is. 2. Select whether the service uses TCP or UDP as its transport protocol. If you cant determine which is used, select both. 3. Enter the lowest port number used by the service. 4. Enter the highest port number used by the service. If the service only uses a single port number, enter the same number in both fields. 5. Click Apply. The new service will now appear in the Services menu, and in the Service name selection box in the Rules menu. 5-10 Firewall Protection and Content Filtering M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Using a Schedule to Block or Allow Specific Traffic If you enabled content filtering in the Block Sites menu, or if you defined an outbound rule to use a schedule, you can set up a schedule for when blocking occurs or when access is restricted. The router allows you to specify when blocking will be enforced by configuring the Schedule tab shown below:

Figure 5-6: Schedule menu To block keywords or Internet domains based on a schedule, select Every Day or select one or more days. If you want to limit access completely for the selected days, select All Day. Otherwise, If you want to limit access during certain times for the selected days, type a Start Blocking time and an End Blocking time. Firewall Protection and Content Filtering 5-11 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Note: Note: Enter the values as 24-hour time. For example, 10:30 am would be 10 hours and 30 minutes and 10:30 pm would be 22 hours and 30 minutes. Be sure to click Apply when you have finished configuring this menu. Time Zone The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server uses the Network Time Protocol (NTP) to obtain the current time and date from one of several Network Time Servers on the Internet. In order to localize the time for your log entries, you must specify your Time Zone:

Time Zone. Select your local time zone. This setting will be used for the blocking schedule and for time-stamping log entries. Daylight Savings Time. Check this box for daylight savings time. Note: If your region uses Daylight Savings Time, you must manually select Adjust for Daylight Savings Time on the first day of Daylight Savings Time, and unselect it at the end. Enabling Daylight Savings Time will add one hour to the standard time. Be sure to click Apply when you have finished configuring this menu. 5-12 Firewall Protection and Content Filtering M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Getting E-Mail Notifications of Event Logs and Alerts In order to receive logs and alerts by e-mail, you must provide your e-mail information in the E-Mail subheading:

Figure 5-7: E-mail menu Turn e-mail notification on. Check this box if you wish to receive e-mail logs and alerts from the router. Send alerts and logs by e-mail. If your enable e-mail notification, these boxes cannot be blank. Enter the name or IP address of your ISPs outgoing (SMTP) mail server (such as mail.myISP.com). You may be able to find this information in the configuration menu of your e-mail program. Enter the e-mail address to which logs and alerts are sent. This e-mail address will also be used as the From address. If you leave this box blank, log and alert messages will not be sent via e-mail. Check My Mail Server requires authentication if you need to log in to your SMTP server in order to send E-mail. If this is checked, you must enter the login name and password for your mail server. Firewall Protection and Content Filtering 5-13 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Tip: You used this information when you set up your e-mail program. If you can't remember it, check the settings in your e-mail program. Send E-mail alerts immediately. You can specify that logs are immediately sent to the specified e-mail address when any of the following events occur:

If a Denial of Service attack is detected. If a Port Scan is detected. If a user on your LAN attempts to access a website that you blocked using Keyword blocking. Send logs according to this schedule. You can specify that logs are sent to you according to a schedule. Select whether you would like to receive the logs None, Hourly, Daily, Weekly, or When Full. Depending on your selection, you may also need to specify:

Day for sending log Relevant when the log is sent weekly or daily. Time for sending log Relevant when the log is sent daily or weekly. If the Weekly, Daily or Hourly option is selected and the log fills up before the specified period, the log is automatically e-mailed to the specified e-mail address. After the log is sent, the log is cleared from the routers memory. If the router cannot e-mail the log file, the log buffer may fill up. In this case, the router overwrites the log and discards its contents. Be sure to click Apply when you have finished configuring this menu. 5-14 Firewall Protection and Content Filtering M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Viewing Logs of Web Access or Attempted Web Access The router will log security-related events such as denied incoming and outgoing service requests, hacker probes, and administrator logins. If you enable content filtering in the Block Sites menu, the Log page will also show you when someone on your network tried to access a blocked site. If you enabled e-mail notification, you'll receive these logs in an e-mail message. If you don't have e-mail notification enabled, you can view the logs here.:

Figure 5-8: Logs menu Firewall Protection and Content Filtering 5-15 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Log entries are described in Table 5-1 Table 5-1. Log entry descriptions Field Date and Time Description or Action Source IP Source port and interface Destination Destination port and interface Description The date and time the log entry was recorded. The type of event and what action was taken if any. The IP address of the initiating device for this log entry. The service port number of the initiating device, and whether it originated from the LAN or WAN The name or IP address of the destination device or website. The service port number of the destination device, and whether its on the LAN or WAN. Log action buttons are described in Table 5-2 Table 5-2. Log action buttons Field Refresh Clear Log Send Log Description Refreshes the log screen. Clears the log entries. Emails the log immediately. Include in Log Use these checkboxes to determine which events are included in the log. Checking all options will increase the size of the log, so it is good practice to disable any events which are not really required. Known DoS attacks and Port Scans - If checked, Denial of Service attacks, as well as port scans, will be logged. Attempted access to blocked sites - If checked, the router will log attempts to access sites which are blocked by the "Block Sites" filter. 5-16 Firewall Protection and Content Filtering M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P All Websites and news groups visited - If checked, all visited websites and newsgroups are logged. All Incoming TCP/UDP/ICMP traffic - If checked, all incoming TCP/UDP/ICMP connections and traffic is logged. All Outgoing TCP/UDP/ICMP traffic - If checked, all outgoing TCP/UDP/ICMP connections and traffic is logged. Other IP traffic - If checked, all other traffic (IP packets which are not TCP, UDP, or ICMP) is logged. Router operation (start up, get time, etc.) - If checked, Router operations, such as starting up and getting the time from the Internet Time Server, are logged. Connection to the Web-based interface of this Router - If checked, Administrator connections to the Web-based interface will be logged. Other connections and traffic to this Router - If checked, this will log traffic sent to this Router

(rather than through this Router to the Internet). Allow duplicate log entries - If checked, then events or packets which fall within more than one (1) category above will have a log entry for each category in which they belong. This will generate a large number of log entries. If unchecked, then events or packets will only be logged once. Usually, this should be left unchecked. Syslog You can configure the router to send system logs to an external PC that is running a syslog logging program. Enter the IP address of the logging PC and click the Enable Syslog checkbox. Logging programs are available for Windows, Macintosh, and Linux computers. Enable one of these three options, as required:

Disable - Select this if you don't have a Syslog server. Broadcast on LAN - the Syslog data is broadcast, rather than sent to a specific Syslog server. Use this if you Syslog Server does not have a fixed IP address. Send to this Syslog server IP address - If your Syslog server has a fixed IP address, select this option, and enter the IP address of your Syslog server. Firewall Protection and Content Filtering 5-17 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 5-18 Firewall Protection and Content Filtering M-10177-01 Chapter 6 Print Server This chapter describes how to install and configure the print server in your ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P. Network Printing from Windows The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server supports two methods for printing from Windows:

Print Port Driver After installing the Print Port Driver, Windows users can print directly to the firewall. Print jobs are spooled (queued) on each PC. The supplied Print Port Driver supports Windows 95/

98/ME, NT4.0, Windows 2000 and Windows XP. LPD/LPR Printing If using Windows NT 4.0 Server or Windows 2000 Server, LPD/LPR printing can be used. No software needs to be installed on either the Windows Server or each client PC. Print jobs will be spooled (queued) on the Windows Server, and can be managed using the standard Windows Server tools. Installing the PTP Driver The following procedure is for all versions of Windows (95/98/ME, NT4.0, 2000, XP). The Windows "Add Printer" screens will vary depending on your version or Windows, but the procedure is the same:

1. Make sure that the printer is ON and connected to the firewalls printer port. 2. Insert the supplied CD-ROM into your drive. If the setup program does not start automatically, run SETUP.EXE in the root folder. 3. Scroll down to the Drivers section and click on FWG114P Print Server driver for Windows. Print Server 6-1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 4. When asked, select Run this program from its current location. 5. Follow the steps to install the Print Server driver. 6. When the installation is finished, make sure the Run Print Port Setup now checkbox is checked, and click Finish. 7. The Print Port Setup will then run, and the following screen will be displayed:

Figure 6-1: Print Ports Setup menu The screen should show your firewall and printer. 8. Click on the Port 1 symbol, and then click the "Add" button. Note: Under Windows95, you may receive an error message stating that SETUPAPI.DLL was not found. In this case, you should either upgrade your Internet Explorer to version 5 or later, or consult the Print Server Troubleshooting section in this chapter. 9. A pop-up message will inform you if the port has been created successfully, and then the Windows Add Printer wizard will start. a. Click Next to browse for your printer on the network. b. Select the correct Printer Manufacturer and Model, or use the "Have Disk" option if appropriate. If desired, change the Printer name to be more descriptive (such as DeskJet on PrintServer) If prompted about Sharing, do NOT enable Sharing. c. d. 6-2 M-10177-01 Print Server Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 10. Installation is now complete. You can now print using this printer. To make changes later, use the Start menu to run this program. The default installation is Start ->

Programs -> NETGEAR Firewall Print Server -> Add Port. Printer Management Using PTP printing, print jobs can be managed in the same manner as any Windows printer. Open the Printers folder (Start -> Settings -> Printers) and double-click any printer to see the current print jobs. If the printer attached to the firewall is changed, run the Add Port program again and select the new printer. To delete a port created by this setup program, use the Windows Delete Port facility:

a. Right-click any printer in the Printers folder, and select Properties. b. Locate the Delete Port button. This button is on either the Details or Ports tab, depending on your version of Windows. Port Options The options for the Print Port Driver are accessed via the Windows Port Settings button. Use Start -> Settings -> Printers to open the Printers folder, then right-click the Printer and select Properties. The Port Settings button is on either the Details or Port tab, depending on your version of Windows. An example screen is shown below:

Print Server 6-3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Figure 6-2: Print Port Configuration menu Items shown on this screen are as follows:

Port If desired, click Browse to select a different device. The Select Device Port button supports multi-port models, but the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server is a single-port print server. The Port Name is shown in the Printer's Properties. Banner Check this option to print a banner page before each print job. The User Name will be printed on the banner page. If using a PostScript Printer, check the PostScript box. Retry Interval Determines how often Windows will poll the print server to establish a connection when the printer is busy. LPD/LPR Printing from Windows LPD/LPR printing is supported by Windows NT 4.0 Server and Windows 2000/XP. No software needs to be installed on the client PCs. Third-party drivers are available for earlier versions of Windows. 6-4 Print Server M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Windows NT 4.0 Server Configuration To use LPD printing, Microsoft TCP/IP Printing must be installed and enabled. This can be checked using Start-Settings-Control Panel-Network - Services. To configure your NT 4.0 Server for LPD printing, follow this procedure:

1. Go to Start->Settings->Printers and launch the Add Printer wizard. 2. When prompted with "This printer will be managed by..", select My Computer and click Next. 3. Select Add Port, then select LPR Port and click New Port. 4. In the Dialog requesting Name or Address of server providing lpd, enter the IP address of the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server. 5. For Name of printer or print queue on that server, enter L1. 6. Click OK. When returned to the Printer Ports window, select Close and then install your printer driver as usual. 7. When prompted about Sharing, select the Sharing button. 8. In the Shared dialog box, enter the shared printer name. The shared name is how other users will see this printer. You should advise client PCs of the Server name and this printer name. 9. Click OK to save and exit. Windows 2000 Server Configuration The LPD/LPR Port is not enabled by default. To enable it, use this procedure:

1. In Control Panel, select Add/Remove Programs, then Windows Components. Print Server 6-5 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 2. Select Other Network File and Print Services, then click the Details button. Figure 6-3: Windows Print Configuration menu 3. Enable Print Services for Unix, then click OK. 4. Click Next and complete the Wizard. Adding the Printer:

1. Open your Printers folder, and start the Add Printer Wizard. 2. When prompted, select Local Printer. 6-6 Print Server M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 3. In the Select the Printer Port screen, select LPR Port, as shown below. Click Next to continue. Figure 6-4: Windows Add Printer Wizard 4. In the Dialog requesting Name or Address of server providing lpd, enter the IP address of the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server. 5. For Name of printer or print queue on that server, enter L1. 6. Click OK, then Next, and continue the Wizard. 7. At the Select Sharing screen, select the button for Share As, and enter the shared printer name. The shared name is how other users will see this printer. You should advise client PCs of the Server name and this printer name. 8. Complete the Add Printer wizard. Client PC Setup for LPD/LPR Printing After configuring the Windows Server, client PCs on the LAN can install the new printer. The following procedure is for Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT4.0, and Windows 2000 workstation. 1. From Start -> Settings, open the Printers folder, and start the Add Printer Wizard. 2. When prompted, select Network Printer. Print Server 6-7 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 3. When prompted for Network Path or Queue Name, click the Browse button, and locate the Server and Printer that your Network Administrator advised you to use. 4. Click OK, then Next. 5. Select the correct printer Manufacturer and Model, then click Next. 6. Follow the prompts to complete the Wizard. 7. The new printer will be listed with any other installed printers, and may be selected when printing from any Windows application. Network Printing from the Macintosh Macintosh computers can connect to a TCP/IP network printer using the Line Printer Remote

(LPR) protocol. LPR printing can be set up on any Macintosh that has Desktop Printing installed or available. Desktop Printing is supported on MacOS versions beginning from 8.1. LaserWriter8 version 8.5.1 or higher is also required. To configure the Macintosh to use the print server, follow these steps:

1. From the Apple Extras folder, under Apple LaserWriter Software, launch the Desktop Printing Utility. A new window titled New Desktop Printer will appear. 2. Select LaserWriter 8 in the With drop-down menu. 3. Select Printer (LPR) and click OK. 4. A new window titled Untitled 1 will open. If the PostScript Printer Description does not match your printer, click Change... and select your actual printer. If your printer model does not appear, click the Generic button. 5. Click OK to return to the Untitled 1 window. 6. 7. In the LPR Printer Selection box, click Change... In the Printer Address field, type the name or IP address of the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/

Print Server. The IP address will usually be 192.168.0.1. You can leave the Queue Name blank. 6-8 Print Server M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 8. Click Verify to make sure your computer can see the printer. You should see the IP address displayed above the button. If no IP Address appears, check that you have correctly typed the queue name or IP Address. 9. Click OK to return to the Untitled 1 window. 10. At the bottom of the Untitled 1 dialog box, click Create.... 11. When prompted, rename the printer with a descriptive name and click Save. A printer icon should now appear on your desktop. 12. Quit the Desktop Printer Utility. Network Printing from Linux Linux, FreeBSD, and other similar operating systems can use the Line Printer Remote (LPR) protocol to connect to the network print server. Because of variations in the configuration environments for these operating systems, please refer to your operating system documentation for information on configuring for LPR printing. The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Servers print server supports graphics mode printing. Troubleshooting the Print Server When I tried to install the Printer Driver for Peer-to-Peer printing, I received an error message and the installation was aborted. This may be caused by an existing installation of the printer port software. Before attempting another installation, remove the existing installation and restart your PC. To remove an existing printer port installation:

a. Open Start -> Settings -> Control Panel -> Add/Remove Programs. b. Look for an entry with a name like NETGEAR ProSafe Firewall Router, NETGEAR Print Server, "Print Server Driver" or "Print Server Port". c. Select this item, click Add/Remove, and confirm the deletion. I am using Windows 95. The Printer Driver installed and ran, but when I selected a port and clicked Add, the printer was not installed. Try installing the printer using the standard Windows tools, as follows:

Print Server 6-9 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P a. From Start -> Settings, open the Printers folder, and start the Add Printer Wizard. b. When prompted, select Network Printer and click Next. c. For Network Path or Queue, enter a dummy value such as \\123, as shown below. Select NO for "Do you print for MS-DOS programs?". Figure 6-5: Windows Add Printer Wizard d. The printer wizard will display a message stating that "The Network Printer is off-line". This is OK. Continue the Add Printer Wizard until finished. e. When finished, go to Start -> Settings -> Printers. The new printer icon will be grayed out indicating the printer is not ready. 6-10 Print Server M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P f. Right-click the new printer and select Properties. Then select the Details tab, as shown below. Figure 6-6: Windows Printer Properties g. Click the Add Port button. On the resulting screen, select Other, then select the NETGEAR Print Server Port as the port to add. h. Click OK to see the Print Port Configuration screen. i. Click the Browse Device button, select the firewall, and click OK. Print Server 6-11 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P j. Click OK to return to the Printers folders, and right-click on the new printer. Make sure that the Work Offline option is NOT checked. k. The new printer should no longer be grayed out, and is ready for use. 6-12 Print Server M-10177-01 Chapter 7 Maintenance This chapter describes how to use the maintenance features of your ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P. These features are accessed via the Main Menu Maintenance heading. Viewing Wireless Firewall/Print Server Status Information The Router Status menu provides status and usage information. From the main menu of the browser interface, click on Maintenance, then select Router Status to view this screen. Figure 7-1: Router Status screen Maintenance M-10177-01 7-1 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P This screen shows the following parameters:

Table 7-1. Menu 3.2 - FWG114P Status Fields Field System Name Firmware Version WAN Port MAC Address IP Address IP Subnet Mask DHCP LAN Port MAC Address IP Address IP Subnet Mask DHCP IEEE802.11a/b/g Interface SSID MAC Address Channel/Frequency WEP Status Description This field displays the System Name assigned to the router. This field displays the router firmware version. These parameters apply to the Internet (WAN) port of the router. This field displays the MAC address being used by the Internet (WAN) port of the router. This field displays the IP address being used by the Internet (WAN) port of the router. If no address is shown, the router cannot connect to the Internet. This field displays the IP Subnet Mask being used by the Internet (WAN) port of the router. This field shows the protocol on the WAN port used to obtain the WAN IP address. This field can show DHCP Client, Fixed IP, PPPoE, BPA or PPTP. For example, if set to Client, the router is configured to obtain an IP address dynamically from the ISP. These parameters apply to the Local (WAN) port of the router. This field displays the Media Access Control address being used by the LAN port of the router. This field displays the IP address being used by the Local (LAN) port of the router. The default is 192.168.0.1 This field displays the IP Subnet Mask being used by the Local (LAN) port of the router. The default is 255.255.255.0 Identifies if the routers built-in DHCP server is active for the LAN attached devices. These parameters apply to the 802.11a Wireless port of the router. This field displays the wireless network name (SSID) being used by the wireless port of the router. The default is Wireless. This field displays the MAC address being used by the wireless port of the router. Identifies if the channel the wireless port is using. See Wireless Channels on page D-7 for the frequencies used on each channel. Identifies the current WEP configuration of this interface. 7-2 Maintenance M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Click Show WAN Status to display the WAN connection status. Figure 7-2: Connection Status screen This screen shows the following statistics:. Table 7-1. Connection Status Fields Field Connection Time Description The length of time the router has been connected to your Internet service providers network. Connection Method The method used to obtain an IP address from your Internet service provider. IP Address Network Mask Default Gateway The WAN (Internet) IP Address assigned to the router. The WAN (Internet) Subnet Mask assigned to the router. The WAN (Internet) default gateway the router communicates with. Log action buttons are described in Table 7-2 Table 7-2. Connection Status action buttons Field Renew Description Click the Renew button to renew the DHCP lease. Maintenance 7-3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Click Show Statistics to display router usage statistics. Figure 7-3: Router Statistics screen This screen shows the following statistics:

Table 7-1. Router Statistics Fields Field interface Status TxPkts RxPkts Collisions Tx B/s Rx B/s Up Time Up Time Poll Interval Description The statistics for the WAN (Internet), LAN (local), 802.11a, and 802.11b/g interfaces. For each interface, the screen displays:

The link status of the interface. The number of packets transmitted on this interface since reset or manual clear. The number of packets received on this interface since reset or manual clear. The number of collisions on this interface since reset or manual clear. The current transmission (outbound) bandwidth used on the interfaces. The current reception (inbound) bandwidth used on the interfaces. The amount of time since the router was last restarted. The time elapsed since this port acquired the link. Specifies the intervals at which the statistics are updated in this window. Click on Stop to freeze the display. 7-4 Maintenance M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P WAN Status action buttons are described in Table 7-2 Table 7-2. Connection Status action buttons Field Set Interval Stop Description Enter a time and click the button to set the polling frequency. Click the Stop button to freeze the polling information. Viewing a List of Attached Devices The Attached Devices menu contains a table of all IP devices that the router has discovered on the local network. From the Main Menu of the browser interface, under the Maintenance heading, select Attached Devices to view the table, shown below. Figure 7-4: Attached Devices menu For each device, the table shows the IP address, NetBIOS Host Name (if available), and Ethernet MAC address. Note that if the router is rebooted, the table data is lost until the router rediscovers the devices. To force the router to look for attached devices, click the Refresh button. Upgrading the Router Software The routing software of the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server is stored in FLASH memory, and can be upgraded as new software is released by NETGEAR. Upgrade files can be downloaded from Netgear's website. If the upgrade file is compressed (.ZIP file), you must first extract the binary (.TRX) file before sending it to the router. The upgrade file can be sent to the router using your browser. Maintenance 7-5 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Note: The Web browser used to upload new firmware into the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server must support HTTP uploads. NETGEAR recommends using Microsoft Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator 3.0 or above. From the Main Menu of the browser interface, under the Maintenance heading, select the Router Upgrade heading to display the menu shown below. Figure 7-5: Router Upgrade menu To upload new firmware:

1. Download and unzip the new software file from NETGEAR. 2. In the Router Upgrade menu, click the Browse button and browse to the location of the binary

(.BIN) upgrade file 3. Click Upload. Note: When uploading software to the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server, it is important not to interrupt the Web browser by closing the window, clicking a link, or loading a new page. If the browser is interrupted, it may corrupt the software. When the upload is complete, your router will automatically restart. The upgrade process will typically take about one minute. In some cases, you may need to reconfigure the router after upgrading. Configuration File Management The configuration settings of the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server are stored within the router in a configuration file. This file can be saved (backed up) to a users PC, retrieved (restored) from the users PC, or cleared to factory default settings. 7-6 Maintenance M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P From the Main Menu of the browser interface, under the Maintenance heading, select the Settings Backup heading to bring up the menu shown below. Figure 7-6: Settings Backup menu Three options are available, and are described in the following sections. Restoring and Backing Up the Configuration The Restore and Backup options in the Settings Backup menu allow you to save and retrieve a file containing your routers configuration settings. To save your settings, select the Backup tab. Click the Backup button. Your browser will extract the configuration file from the router and will prompt you for a location on your PC to store the file. You can give the file a meaningful name at this time, such as pacbell.cfg. To restore your settings from a saved configuration file, enter the full path to the file on your PC or click the Browse button to browse to the file. When you have located it, click the Restore button to send the file to the router. The router will then reboot automatically. Maintenance 7-7 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Erasing the Configuration It is sometimes desirable to restore the router to a known blank condition. This can be done by using the Erase function, which will restore all factory settings. After an erase, the router's password will be password, the LAN IP address will be 192.168.0.1, and the router's DHCP client will be enabled. To erase the configuration, click the Erase button. To restore the factory default configuration settings without knowing the login password or IP address, you must use the Default Reset button on the rear panel of the router. See Restoring the Default Configuration and Password on page 7-7. Changing the Administrator Password The default password for the routers Web Configuration Manager is password. Netgear recommends that you change this password to a more secure password. From the main menu of the browser interface, under the Maintenance heading, select Set Password to bring up this menu. Figure 7-7: Set Password menu To change the password, first enter the old password, and then enter the new password twice. Click Apply. To change the login idle timeout, change the number of minutes and click Apply. 7-8 Maintenance M-10177-01 Chapter 8 Advanced Configuration This chapter describes how to configure the advanced features of your ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P. These features can be found under the Advanced heading in the Main Menu of the browser interface. Using the WAN Setup Options The first feature category under the Advanced heading is WAN Setup. This menu allows configuration of LAN IP services such as DHCP and RIP. From the Main Menu of the browser interface, under Advanced, click on LAN IP Setup to view the LAN IP Setup menu, shown below. Figure 8-1: WAN Setup Menu The WAN Setup options let you configure a DMZ server, change the MTU size and set the WAN port speed. These options are discussed below. Connect Automatically, as Required Normally, this option should be Enabled, so that an Internet connection will be made automatically, whenever Internet-bound traffic is detected. In locations where Internet access is billed by the minute, if this causes high connection costs, you can disable this setting. Advanced Configuration 8-1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P If disabled, you must connect manually, using the sub-screen accessed from the Router Status menu Show WAN Status screen. Setting Up a Default DMZ Server Note: DMZ servers pose a security risk. A computer designated as the default DMZ server loses much of the protection of the firewall, and is exposed to exploits from the Internet. If compromised, the DMZ server can be used to attack your network. The use of the term DMZ has become common, although it is a misnomer. In traditional firewalls, a DMZ is actually a separate physical network port. A true DMZ port is for connecting servers that require greater access from the outside, and will therefore be provided with a different level of security by the firewall. A better term for our application is Exposed Host. The default DMZ server feature is helpful when using some online games and videoconferencing applications that are incompatible with NAT. The router is programmed to recognize some of these applications and to work properly with them, but there are other applications that may not function well. In some cases, one local PC can run the application properly if that PCs IP address is entered as the default DMZ server. Incoming traffic from the Internet is normally discarded by the router unless the traffic is a response to one of your local computers or a service that you have configured in the Ports menu. Instead of discarding this traffic, you can have it forwarded to one computer on your network. This computer is called the Default DMZ Server. The WAN Setup menu, shown below lets you configure a Default DMZ Server. To assign a computer or server to be a Default DMZ server, follow these steps:

1. Click WAN Setup link on the Advanced section of the main menu. 2. Type the IP address for that server. To remove the default DMZ server, replace the IP address numbers with all zeros. 3. Click Apply. Respond to Ping on Internet WAN Port If you want the router to respond to a 'ping' from the Internet, click the Respond to Ping on Internet WAN Port check box. This should only be used as a diagnostic tool, since it allows your router to be discovered. Don't check this box unless you have a specific reason to do so. 8-2 Advanced Configuration M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Setting the MTU Size The default MTU size is usually fine. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmit Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs, particularly some using PPPoE, you may need to reduce the MTU. This should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP. Any packets sent through the router that are larger than the configured MTU size will be repackaged into smaller packets to meet the MTU requirement. To change the MTU size, under MTU Size, enter a new size between 64 and 1500. Then, click Apply to save the new configuration. Setting the WAN Port Speed In most cases, your router can automatically determine the connection speed of the Internet

(WAN) port. If you cannot establish an Internet connection and the Internet LED blinks continuously, you may need to manually select the port speed. If you know that the Ethernet port on your broadband modem supports 100BaseT, select 100M; otherwise, select 10M. How to Configure Dynamic DNS If your network has a permanently assigned IP address, you can register a domain name and have that name linked with your IP address by public Domain Name Servers (DNS). However, if your Internet account uses a dynamically assigned IP address, you will not know in advance what your IP address will be, and the address can change frequently. In this case, you can use a commercial dynamic DNS service, which will allow you to register your domain to their IP address, and will forward traffic directed to your domain to your frequently-changing IP address. The router contains a client that can connect to a dynamic DNS service provider. To use this feature, you must select a service provider and obtain an account with them. After you have configured your account information in the router, whenever your ISP-assigned IP address changes, your router will automatically contact your dynamic DNS service provider, log in to your account, and register your new IP address. 1. Log in to the router at its default LAN address of http://192.168.0.1 with its default user name of admin, default password of password, or using whatever password and LAN address you have chosen for the router. 2. From the Main Menu of the browser interface, under Advanced, click on Dynamic DNS. Advanced Configuration 8-3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 3. Access the website of one of the dynamic DNS service providers whose names appear in the Select Service Provider box, and register for an account. For example, for dyndns.org, go to www.dyndns.org. 4. Select the Use a dynamic DNS service check box. 5. Select the name of your dynamic DNS Service Provider. 6. Type the host name that your dynamic DNS service provider gave you. The dynamic DNS service provider may call this the domain name. If your URL is myName.dyndns.org, then your host name is myName. 7. Type the user name for your dynamic DNS account. 8. Type the password (or key) for your dynamic DNS account. 9. If your dynamic DNS provider allows the use of wildcards in resolving your URL, you may select the Use wildcards check box to activate this feature. For example, the wildcard feature will cause *.yourhost.dyndns.org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost.dyndns.org 10. Click Apply to save your configuration. Note: If your ISP assigns a private WAN IP address such as 192.168.x.x or 10.x.x.x, the dynamic DNS service will not work because private addresses will not be routed on the Internet. 8-4 Advanced Configuration M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Using the LAN IP Setup Options The second feature category under the Advanced heading is LAN IP Setup. This menu allows configuration of LAN IP services such as DHCP and RIP. From the Main Menu of the browser interface, under Advanced, click on LAN IP Setup to view the LAN IP Setup menu, shown below. Figure 8-2: LAN IP Setup Menu Configuring LAN TCP/IP Setup Parameters The router is shipped preconfigured to use private IP addresses on the LAN side, and to act.as a DHCP server. The routers default LAN IP configuration is:

LAN IP addresses192.168.0.1 Subnet mask255.255.255.0 These addresses are part of the IETF-designated private address range for use in private networks, and should be suitable in most applications. If your network has a requirement to use a different IP addressing scheme, you can make those changes in this menu. Advanced Configuration 8-5 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P The LAN IP parameters are:

IP Address This is the LAN IP address of the router. IP Subnet Mask This is the LAN Subnet Mask of the router. Combined with the IP address, the IP Subnet Mask allows a device to know which other addresses are local to it, and which must be reached through a gateway or router. RIP Direction RIP (Router Information Protocol) allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers. The RIP Direction selection controls how the router sends and receives RIP packets. Both is the default. When set to Both or Out Only, the router will broadcast its routing table periodically. When set to Both or In Only, it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives. When set to None, it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received. RIP Version This controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the router sends.

(It recognizes both formats when receiving.) By default, this is set for RIP-1. RIP-1 is universally supported. RIP-1 is probably adequate for most networks, unless you have an unusual network setup. RIP-2 carries more information. RIP-2B uses subnet broadcasting. Note: If you change the LAN IP address of the router while connected through the browser, you will be disconnected. You must then open a new connection to the new IP address and log in again. Using the Router as a DHCP server By default, the router will function as a DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) server, allowing it to assign IP, DNS server, and default gateway addresses to all computers connected to the router's LAN. The assigned default gateway address is the LAN address of the router. IP addresses will be assigned to the attached PCs from a pool of addresses specified in this menu. Each pool address is tested before it is assigned to avoid duplicate addresses on the LAN. 8-6 Advanced Configuration M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P For most applications, the default DHCP and TCP/IP settings of the router are satisfactory. See IP Configuration by DHCP on page B-10 for an explanation of DHCP and information about how to assign IP addresses for your network. If another device on your network will be the DHCP server, or if you will manually configure the network settings of all of your computers, clear the Use router as DHCP server check box. Otherwise, leave it checked. Specify the pool of IP addresses to be assigned by setting the Starting IP Address and Ending IP Address. These addresses should be part of the same IP address subnet as the routers LAN IP address. Using the default addressing scheme, you should define a range between 192.168.0.2 and 192.168.0.253, although you may wish to save part of the range for devices with fixed addresses. Subnet Mask The router will deliver the following parameters to any LAN device that requests DHCP:

An IP Address from the range you have defined Gateway IP Address (the routers LAN IP address) Primary DNS Server (if you entered a Primary DNS address in the Basic Settings menu;

otherwise, the routers LAN IP address) Secondary DNS Server (if you entered a Secondary DNS address in the Basic Settings menu Using Address Reservation When you specify a reserved IP address for a PC on the LAN, that PC will always receive the same IP address each time it access the routers DHCP server. Reserved IP addresses should be assigned to servers that require permanent IP settings. To reserve an IP address:

1. Click the Add button. 2. In the IP Address box, type the IP address to assign to the PC or server.

(choose an IP address from the routers LAN subnet, such as 192.168.0.X) 3. Type the MAC Address of the PC or server.

(Tip: If the PC is already present on your network, you can copy its MAC address from the Attached Devices menu and paste it here.) 4. Click Apply to enter the reserved address into the table. Advanced Configuration 8-7 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Note: The reserved address will not be assigned until the next time the PC contacts the router's DHCP server. Reboot the PC or access its IP configuration and force a DHCP release and renew. To edit or delete a reserved address entry:

1. Click the button next to the reserved address you want to edit or delete. 2. Click Edit or Delete. Configuring Static Routes Static Routes provide additional routing information to your router. Under normal circumstances, the router has adequate routing information after it has been configured for Internet access, and you do not need to configure additional static routes. You must configure static routes only for unusual cases such as multiple routers or multiple IP subnets located on your network. From the Main Menu of the browser interface, under Advanced, click on Static Routes to view the Static Route menu. To add or edit a Static Route:

1. Click the Add button to open the Static Routes menu. Figure 8-3. Static Route Entry and Edit Menu 8-8 Advanced Configuration M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 2. Type a route name for this static route in the Route Name box under the table.

(This is for identification purpose only.) 3. Select Private if you want to limit access to the LAN only. The static route will not be reported in RIP. 4. Select Active to make this route effective. 5. Type the Destination IP Address of the final destination. 6. Type the IP Subnet Mask for this destination. If the destination is a single host, type 255.255.255.255. 7. Type the Gateway IP Address, which must be a router on the same LAN segment as the router. 8. Type a number between 1 and 15 as the Metric value. This represents the number of routers between your network and the destination. Usually, a setting of 2 or 3 works, but if this is a direct connection, set it to 1. 9. Click Apply to have the static route entered into the table. As an example of when a static route is needed, consider the following case:

Your primary Internet access is through a cable modem to an ISP. You have an ISDN router on your home network for connecting to the company where you are employed. This routers address on your LAN is 192.168.0.100. Your companys network is 134.177.0.0. When you first configured your router, two implicit static routes were created. A default route was created with your ISP as the gateway, and a second static route was created to your local network for all 192.168.0.x addresses. With this configuration, if you attempt to access a device on the 134.177.0.0 network, your router will forward your request to the ISP. The ISP forwards your request to the company where you are employed, and the request will likely be denied by the companys firewall. In this case you must define a static route, telling your router that 134.177.0.0 should be accessed through the ISDN router at 192.168.0.100. The static route would look like Figure 8-3. In this example:

The Destination IP Address and IP Subnet Mask fields specify that this static route applies to all 134.177.x.x addresses. The Gateway IP Address fields specifies that all traffic for these addresses should be forwarded to the ISDN router at 192.168.0.100. Advanced Configuration 8-9 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P A Metric value of 1 will work since the ISDN router is on the LAN. Private is selected only as a precautionary security measure in case RIP is activated. Enabling Remote Management Access Using the Remote Management page, you can allow a user or users on the Internet to configure, upgrade and check the status of your FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server. Note: Be sure to change the router's default configuration password to a very secure password. The ideal password should contain no dictionary words from any language, and should be a mixture of letters (both upper and lower case), numbers, and symbols. Your password can be up to 30 characters. To configure your router for Remote Management:

1. Select the Turn Remote Management On check box. 2. Specify what external addresses will be allowed to access the routers remote management. Note: For enhanced security, restrict access to as few external IP addresses as practical. a. To allow access from any IP address on the Internet, select Everyone. b. To allow access from a range of IP addresses on the Internet, select IP address range. Enter a beginning and ending IP address to define the allowed range. c. To allow access from a single IP address on the Internet, select Only this PC. Enter the IP address that will be allowed access. 3. Specify the Port Number that will be used for accessing the management interface. Web browser access normally uses the standard HTTP service port 80. For greater security, you can change the remote management web interface to a custom port by entering that number in the box provided. Choose a number between 1024 and 65535, but do not use the number of any common service port. The default is 8080, which is a common alternate for HTTP. 4. Click Apply to have your changes take effect. Note: When accessing your router from the Internet, you will type your router's WAN IP address into your browser's Address (in IE) or Location (in Netscape) box, followed by a colon (:) and the custom port number. For example, if your external address is 134.177.0.123 and you use port number 8080, you must enter in your browser: http://134.177.0.123:8080 8-10 Advanced Configuration M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Using Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) helps devices, such as Internet appliances and computers, access the network and connect to other devices as needed. UPnP devices can automatically discover the services from other registered UPnP devices on the network. Figure 8-4. UPnP Menu Turn UPnP On: UPnP can be enabled or disabled for automatic device configuration. The default setting for UPnP is enabled. If disabled, the router will not allow any device to automatically control the resources, such as port forwarding (mapping), of the router. Advertisement Period: The Advertisement Period is how often the router will broadcast its UPnP information. This value can range from 1 to 1440 minutes. The default period is 30 minutes. Shorter durations will ensure that control points have current device status at the expense of additional network traffic. Longer durations may compromise the freshness of the device status but can significantly reduce network traffic. Advertisement Time To Live: The time to live for the advertisement is measured in hops (steps) for each UPnP packet sent. The time to live hop count is the number of steps a broadcast packet is allowed to propagate for each UPnP advertisement before it disappears. The number of hops can range from 1 to 255. The default value for the advertisement time to live is 4 hops, which should be fine for most home networks. If you notice that some devices are not being updated or reached correctly, then it may be necessary to increase this value a little. UPnP Portmap Table: The UPnP Portmap Table displays the IP address of each UPnP device that is currently accessing the router and which ports (Internal and External) that device has opened. The UPnP Portmap Table also displays what type of port is opened and if that port is still active for each IP address. Advanced Configuration 8-11 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 8-12 Advanced Configuration M-10177-01 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting This chapter gives information about troubleshooting your ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/

Print Server Model FWG114P. After each problem description, instructions are provided to help you diagnose and solve the problem. Basic Functioning After you turn on power to the router, the following sequence of events should occur:

1. When power is first applied, verify that the PWR LED is on. 2. After approximately 10 seconds, verify that:

a. The TEST LED is not lit. b. The LAN port LEDs are lit for any local ports that are connected. c. The Internet port LED is lit. d. The Wireless 802.11a is off and the LED is not lit until the country selection has been set. If a ports LED is lit, a link has been established to the connected device. If a LAN port is connected to a 100 Mbps device, verify that the ports LED is green. If the port is 10 Mbps, the LED will be amber. If any of these conditions does not occur, refer to the appropriate following section. Power LED Not On If the Power and other LEDs are off when your router is turned on:

Make sure that the power cord is properly connected to your router and that the power supply adapter is properly connected to a functioning power outlet. Check that you are using the 12 V DC power adapter supplied by NETGEAR for this product. If the error persists, you have a hardware problem and should contact technical support. Troubleshooting 9-1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P LEDs Never Turn Off When the router is turned on, the LEDs turns on for about 10 seconds and then turn off. If all the LEDs stay on, there is a fault within the router. If all LEDs are still on one minute after power up:

Cycle the power to see if the router recovers. Clear the routers configuration to factory defaults. This will set the routers IP address to 192.168.0.1. This procedure is explained in Restoring the Default Configuration and Password on page 7-7. If the error persists, you might have a hardware problem and should contact technical support. LAN or Internet Port LEDs Not On If either the LAN LEDs or Internet LED do not light when the Ethernet connection is made, check the following:

Make sure that the Ethernet cable connections are secure at the router and at the hub or workstation. Make sure that power is turned on to the connected hub or workstation. Be sure you are using the correct cable:

When connecting the routers Internet port to a broadband modem, use the cable that was supplied with the broadband modem. This cable could be a standard straight-through Ethernet cable or an Ethernet crossover cable. 9-2 Troubleshooting M-10177-01

 

 

Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Troubleshooting the Web Configuration Interface If you are unable to access the routers Web Configuration interface from a PC on your local network, check the following:

Check the Ethernet connection between the PC and the router as described in the previous section. Make sure your PCs IP address is on the same subnet as the router. If you are using the recommended addressing scheme, your PCs address should be in the range of 192.168.0.2 to 192.168.0.254. Refer to Verifying TCP/IP Properties on page 3-5 or Verifying TCP/IP Properties (Macintosh) on page 3-8 to find your PCs IP address. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4 to configure your PC. Note: If your PCs IP address is shown as 169.254.x.x: Recent versions of Windows and MacOS will generate and assign an IP address if the computer cannot reach a DHCP server. These auto-generated addresses are in the range of 169.254.x.x. If your IP address is in this range, check the connection from the PC to the router and reboot your PC. If your routers IP address has been changed and you dont know the current IP address, clear the routers configuration to factory defaults. This will set the routers IP address to 192.168.0.1. This procedure is explained in Restoring the Default Configuration and Password on page 7-7. Make sure your browser has Java, JavaScript, or ActiveX enabled. If you are using Internet Explorer, click Refresh to be sure the Java applet is loaded. Try quitting the browser and launching it again. Make sure you are using the correct login information. The factory default login name is admin and the password is password. Make sure that CAPS LOCK is off when entering this information. If the router does not save changes you have made in the Web Configuration Interface, check the following:

When entering configuration settings, be sure to click the APPLY button before moving to another menu or tab, or your changes are lost. Click the Refresh or Reload button in the Web browser. The changes may have occurred, but the Web browser may be caching the old configuration. Troubleshooting 9-3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Troubleshooting the ISP Connection If your router is unable to access the Internet, you should first determine whether the router is able to obtain a WAN IP address from the ISP. Unless you have been assigned a static IP address, your router must request an IP address from the ISP. You can determine whether the request was successful using the Web Configuration Manager. To check the WAN IP address:

1. Launch your browser and select an external site such as www.netgear.com 2. Access the Main Menu of the routers configuration at http://192.168.0.1 3. Under the Maintenance heading, select Router Status 4. Check that an IP address is shown for the WAN Port If 0.0.0.0 is shown, your router has not obtained an IP address from your ISP. If your router is unable to obtain an IP address from the ISP, you may need to force your broadband modem to recognize your new router by performing the following procedure:

1. Turn off power to the broadband modem. 2. Turn off power to your router. 3. Wait five minutes and reapply power to the broadband modem. 4. When the modems LEDs indicate that it has reacquired sync with the ISP, reapply power to your router. If your router is still unable to obtain an IP address from the ISP, the problem may be one of the following:

Your ISP may require a login program. Ask your ISP whether they require PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) or some other type of login. If your ISP requires a login, you may have incorrectly set the login name and password. Your ISP may check for your PC's host name. Assign the PC Host Name of your ISP account as the Account Name in the Basic Settings menu. Your ISP only allows one Ethernet MAC address to connect to Internet, and may check for your PCs MAC address. In this case:

Inform your ISP that you have bought a new network device, and ask them to use the routers MAC address. 9-4 Troubleshooting M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P OR Configure your router to spoof your PCs MAC address. This can be done in the Basic Settings menu. Refer to Manually Configuring Your Internet Connection on page 3-11. If your router can obtain an IP address, but your PC is unable to load any web pages from the Internet:

Your PC may not recognize any DNS server addresses. A DNS server is a host on the Internet that translates Internet names (such as www addresses) to numeric IP addresses. Typically your ISP will provide the addresses of one or two DNS servers for your use. If you entered a DNS address during the routers configuration, reboot your PC and verify the DNS address as described in Verifying TCP/IP Properties on page 3-5. Alternatively, you may configure your PC manually with DNS addresses, as explained in your operating system documentation. Your PC may not have the router configured as its TCP/IP gateway. If your PC obtains its information from the router by DHCP, reboot the PC and verify the gateway address as described in Verifying TCP/IP Properties on page 3-5. Troubleshooting a TCP/IP Network Using a Ping Utility Most TCP/IP terminal devices and routers contain a ping utility that sends an echo request packet to the designated device. The device then responds with an echo reply. Troubleshooting a TCP/IP network is made very easy by using the ping utility in your PC or workstation. Testing the LAN Path to Your Router You can ping the router from your PC to verify that the LAN path to your router is set up correctly. To ping the router from a PC running Windows 95 or later:

1. From the Windows toolbar, click on the Start button and select Run. 2. In the field provided, type Ping followed by the IP address of the router, as in this example:

ping 192.168.0.1 3. Click on OK. You should see a message like this one:

Pinging <IP address> with 32 bytes of data Troubleshooting 9-5 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P If the path is working, you see this message:

Reply from < IP address >: bytes=32 time=NN ms TTL=xxx If the path is not working, you see this message:

Request timed out If the path is not functioning correctly, you could have one of the following problems:

Wrong physical connections Make sure the LAN port LED is on. If the LED is off, follow the instructions in LAN or Internet Port LEDs Not On on page 9-2. Check that the corresponding Link LEDs are on for your network interface card and for the hub ports (if any) that are connected to your workstation and router. Wrong network configuration Verify that the Ethernet card driver software and TCP/IP software are both installed and configured on your PC or workstation. Verify that the IP address for your router and your workstation are correct and that the addresses are on the same subnet. Testing the Path from Your PC to a Remote Device After verifying that the LAN path works correctly, test the path from your PC to a remote device. From the Windows run menu, type:

PING -n 10 <IP address>

where <IP address> is the IP address of a remote device such as your ISPs DNS server. If the path is functioning correctly, replies as in the previous section are displayed. If you do not receive replies:

Check that your PC has the IP address of your router listed as the default gateway. If the IP configuration of your PC is assigned by DHCP, this information will not be visible in your PCs Network Control Panel. Verify that the IP address of the router is listed as the default gateway as described in Verifying TCP/IP Properties on page 3-5. Check to see that the network address of your PC (the portion of the IP address specified by the netmask) is different from the network address of the remote device. Check that your broadband modem is connected and functioning. 9-6 Troubleshooting M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P If your ISP assigned a host name to your PC, enter that host name as the Account Name in the Basic Settings menu. Your ISP could be rejecting the Ethernet MAC addresses of all but one of your PCs. Many broadband ISPs restrict access by only allowing traffic from the MAC address of your broadband modem, but some ISPs additionally restrict access to the MAC address of a single PC connected to that modem. If this is the case, you must configure your router to clone or spoof the MAC address from the authorized PC. Refer to Manually Configuring Your Internet Connection on page 3-11. Restoring the Default Configuration and Password This section explains how to restore the factory default configuration settings, changing the routers administration password to password and the IP address to 192.168.0.1. You can erase the current configuration and restore factory defaults in two ways:

Use the Erase function of the router (see Erasing the Configuration on page 5-8). Use the Default Reset button on the rear panel of the router. Use this method for cases when the administration password or IP address is not known. To restore the factory default configuration settings without knowing the administration password or IP address, you must use the Default Reset button on the rear panel of the router. 1. Press and hold the Default Reset button until the Test LED turns on (about 10 seconds). 2. Release the Default Reset button and wait for the router to reboot. Problems with Date and Time The E-Mail menu in the Content Filtering section displays the current date and time of day. The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server uses the Network Time Protocol (NTP) to obtain the current time from one of several Network Time Servers on the Internet. Each entry in the log is stamped with the date and time of day. Problems with the date and time function can include:

Date shown is January 1, 2000. Cause: The router has not yet successfully reached a Network Time Server. Check that your Internet access settings are configured correctly. If you have just completed configuring the router, wait at least five minutes and check the date and time again. Time is off by one hour. Cause: The router does not automatically sense Daylight Savings Time. In the E-Mail menu, check or uncheck the box marked Adjust for Daylight Savings Time. Troubleshooting 9-7 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 9-8 Troubleshooting M-10177-01 Appendix A Technical Specifications This appendix provides technical specifications for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P. Network Protocol and Standards Compatibility Data and Routing Protocols:

TCP/IP, RIP-1, RIP-2, DHCP PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) Power Adapter North America:

United Kingdom, Australia:

Europe:

Japan:

All regions (output):

Physical Specifications Dimensions:

Weight:

120V, 60 Hz, input 240V, 50 Hz, input 230V, 50 Hz, input 100V, 50/60 Hz, input 12 V DC @ 1.2 A output, 18W maximum 28 x 175 x 118 mm (1.1 x 6.89 x 4.65 in.) 0.3 kg (0.66 lb) Environmental Specifications Operating temperature:

Operating humidity:

0 to 40 C (32 to 104 F) 90% maximum relative humidity, noncondensing Technical Specifications A-1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Electromagnetic Emissions Meets requirements of:

Interface Specifications LAN:

WAN:

Wireless Data Encoding:

Maximum Computers Per Wireless Network:

802.11b and g Radio Data Rate 802.11b and g Operating Frequencies 802.11b and g Operating Range 802.11b and g Encryption FCC Part 15 Class B VCCI Class B EN 55 022 (CISPR 22), Class B 10BASE-T or 100BASE-Tx, RJ-45 10BASE-T or 100BASE-Tx Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS) Limited by the amount of wireless network traffic generated by each node. Typically 30-70 nodes. 1, 2, 5.5, & 11 Mbps (Auto-rate capable) 2.457 ~ 2.462 GHz (Spain) 2.457 ~ 2.472 GHz (France) 2.412 ~ 2.462 GHz (US) 2.412 ~ 2.484 GHz (Japan) 2.412 ~ 2.472 GHz (Europe ETSI) 198 ft (60 m)

@ 11 Mbps 264 ft (80 m)

@ 5.5 Mbps 430 ft (130 m)

@ 2 Mbps

@ 1 Mbps 660 ft (200 m) 40-bits (also called 64-bits), 128-bits WEP data encryption 398 ft (120 m) 561 ft (170 m) 890 ft (270 m) 1485 ft (450 m) Outdoor environment Indoor environment A-2 Technical Specifications M-10177-01 Appendix B Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics This chapter provides an overview of IP networks, routing, and firewalls. Related Publications As you read this document, you may be directed to various RFC documents for further information. An RFC is a Request For Comment (RFC) published by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), an open organization that defines the architecture and operation of the Internet. The RFC documents outline and define the standard protocols and procedures for the Internet. The documents are listed on the World Wide Web at www.ietf.org and are mirrored and indexed at many other sites worldwide. Basic Router Concepts Large amounts of bandwidth can be provided easily and relatively inexpensively in a local area network (LAN). However, providing high bandwidth between a local network and the Internet can be very expensive. Because of this expense, Internet access is usually provided by a slower-speed wide-area network (WAN) link such as a cable or DSL modem. In order to make the best use of the slower WAN link, a mechanism must be in place for selecting and transmitting only the data traffic meant for the Internet. The function of selecting and forwarding this data is performed by a router. What is a Router?

A router is a device that forwards traffic between networks based on network layer information in the data and on routing tables maintained by the router. In these routing tables, a router builds up a logical picture of the overall network by gathering and exchanging information with other routers in the network. Using this information, the router chooses the best path for forwarding network traffic. Routers vary in performance and scale, number of routing protocols supported, and types of physical WAN connection they support. The FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall is a small office router that routes the IP protocol over a single-user broadband connection. Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics B-1 M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall Routing Information Protocol One of the protocols used by a router to build and maintain a picture of the network is the Routing Information Protocol (RIP). Using RIP, routers periodically update one another and check for changes to add to the routing table. The FVS318 VPN Firewall supports both the older RIP-1 and the newer RIP-2 protocols. Among other improvements, RIP-2 supports subnet and multicast protocols. RIP is not required for most home applications. IP Addresses and the Internet Because TCP/IP networks are interconnected across the world, every machine on the Internet must have a unique address to make sure that transmitted data reaches the correct destination. Blocks of addresses are assigned to organizations by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). Individual users and small organizations may obtain their addresses either from the IANA or from an Internet service provider (ISP). You can contact IANA at www.iana.org. The Internet Protocol (IP) uses a 32-bit address structure. The address is usually written in dot notation (also called dotted-decimal notation), in which each group of eight bits is written in decimal form, separated by decimal points. For example, the following binary address:

11000011 00100010 00001100 00000111 is normally written as:

195.34.12.7 The latter version is easier to remember and easier to enter into your computer. In addition, the 32 bits of the address are subdivided into two parts. The first part of the address identifies the network, and the second part identifies the host node or station on the network. The dividing point may vary depending on the address range and the application. There are five standard classes of IP addresses. These address classes have different ways of determining the network and host sections of the address, allowing for different numbers of hosts on a network. Each address type begins with a unique bit pattern, which is used by the TCP/IP software to identify the address class. After the address class has been determined, the software can correctly identify the host section of the address. The follow figure shows the three main address classes, including network and host sections of the address for each address type. B-2 Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall Class A Network Class B Class C Node Network Node Network Node 7261 Figure B-1: Three Main Address Classes The five address classes are:

Class A Class A addresses can have up to 16,777,214 hosts on a single network. They use an eight-bit network number and a 24-bit node number. Class A addresses are in this range:

1.x.x.x to 126.x.x.x. Class B Class B addresses can have up to 65,354 hosts on a network. A Class B address uses a 16-bit network number and a 16-bit node number. Class B addresses are in this range:

128.1.x.x to 191.254.x.x. Class C Class C addresses can have 254 hosts on a network. Class C addresses use 24 bits for the network address and eight bits for the node. They are in this range:

192.0.1.x to 223.255.254.x. Class D Class D addresses are used for multicasts (messages sent to many hosts). Class D addresses are in this range:

224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. Class E Class E addresses are for experimental use. Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics B-3 M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall This addressing structure allows IP addresses to uniquely identify each physical network and each node on each physical network. For each unique value of the network portion of the address, the base address of the range (host address of all zeros) is known as the network address and is not usually assigned to a host. Also, the top address of the range (host address of all ones) is not assigned, but is used as the broadcast address for simultaneously sending a packet to all hosts with the same network address. Netmask In each of the address classes previously described, the size of the two parts (network address and host address) is implied by the class. This partitioning scheme can also be expressed by a netmask associated with the IP address. A netmask is a 32-bit quantity that, when logically combined (using an AND operator) with an IP address, yields the network address. For instance, the netmasks for Class A, B, and C addresses are 255.0.0.0, 255.255.0.0, and 255.255.255.0, respectively. For example, the address 192.168.170.237 is a Class C IP address whose network portion is the upper 24 bits. When combined (using an AND operator) with the Class C netmask, as shown here, only the network portion of the address remains:

11000000 10101000 10101010 11101101 (192.168.170.237) combined with:

11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 (255.255.255.0) Equals:

11000000 10101000 10101010 00000000 (192.168.170.0) As a shorter alternative to dotted-decimal notation, the netmask may also be expressed in terms of the number of ones from the left. This number is appended to the IP address, following a backward slash (/), as /n. In the example, the address could be written as 192.168.170.237/24, indicating that the netmask is 24 ones followed by 8 zeros. Subnet Addressing By looking at the addressing structures, you can see that even with a Class C address, there are a large number of hosts per network. Such a structure is an inefficient use of addresses if each end of a routed link requires a different network number. It is unlikely that the smaller office LANs would have that many devices. You can resolve this problem by using a technique known as subnet addressing. B-4 Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall Subnet addressing allows us to split one IP network address into smaller multiple physical networks known as subnetworks. Some of the node numbers are used as a subnet number instead. A Class B address gives us 16 bits of node numbers translating to 64,000 nodes. Most organizations do not use 64,000 nodes, so there are free bits that can be reassigned. Subnet addressing makes use of those bits that are free, as shown below. Class B Network Subnet Node Figure B-2: Example of Subnetting a Class B Address 7262 A Class B address can be effectively translated into multiple Class C addresses. For example, the IP address of 172.16.0.0 is assigned, but node addresses are limited to 255 maximum, allowing eight extra bits to use as a subnet address. The IP address of 172.16.97.235 would be interpreted as IP network address 172.16, subnet number 97, and node number 235. In addition to extending the number of addresses available, subnet addressing provides other benefits. Subnet addressing allows a network manager to construct an address scheme for the network by using different subnets for other geographical locations in the network or for other departments in the organization. Although the preceding example uses the entire third octet for a subnet address, note that you are not restricted to octet boundaries in subnetting. To create more network numbers, you need only shift some bits from the host address to the network address. For instance, to partition a Class C network number (192.68.135.0) into two, you shift one bit from the host address to the network address. The new netmask (or subnet mask) is 255.255.255.128. The first subnet has network number 192.68.135.0 with hosts 192.68.135.1 to 129.68.135.126, and the second subnet has network number 192.68.135.128 with hosts 192.68.135.129 to 192.68.135.254. Note: The number 192.68.135.127 is not assigned because it is the broadcast address of the first subnet. The number 192.68.135.128 is not assigned because it is the network address of the second subnet. Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics B-5 M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall The following table lists the additional subnet mask bits in dotted-decimal notation. To use the table, write down the original class netmask and replace the 0 value octets with the dotted-decimal value of the additional subnet bits. For example, to partition your Class C network with subnet mask 255.255.255.0 into 16 subnets (4 bits), the new subnet mask becomes 255.255.255.240. Table B-1. Netmask Notation Translation Table for One Octet Number of Bits 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Dotted-Decimal Value 128 192 224 240 248 252 254 255 The following table displays several common netmask values in both the dotted-decimal and the mask length formats. Table B-2. Netmask Formats Dotted-Decimal 255.0.0.0 255.255.0.0 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.128 255.255.255.192 255.255.255.224 255.255.255.240 255.255.255.248 255.255.255.252 Masklength

/8

/16

/24

/25

/26

/27

/28

/29

/30 B-6 Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall Table B-2. Netmask Formats 255.255.255.254 255.255.255.255

/31

/32 NETGEAR strongly recommends that you configure all hosts on a LAN segment to use the same netmask for the following reasons:

So that hosts recognize local IP broadcast packets When a device broadcasts to its segment neighbors, it uses a destination address of the local network address with all ones for the host address. In order for this scheme to work, all devices on the segment must agree on which bits comprise the host address. So that a local router or bridge recognizes which addresses are local and which are remote Private IP Addresses If your local network is isolated from the Internet (for example, when using NAT), you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems. However, the IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks:

10.0.0.0 - 10.255.255.255 172.16.0.0 - 172.31.255.255 192.168.0.0 - 192.168.255.255 NETGEAR recommends that you choose your private network number from this range. The DHCP server of the FVS318 VPN Firewall is preconfigured to automatically assign private addresses. Regardless of your particular situation, do not create an arbitrary IP address; always follow the guidelines explained here. For more information about address assignment, refer to RFC 1597, Address Allocation for Private Internets, and RFC 1466, Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space. The Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) publishes RFCs on its Web site at www.ietf.org. Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics B-7 M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall Single IP Address Operation Using NAT In the past, if multiple PCs on a LAN needed to access the Internet simultaneously, you had to obtain a range of IP addresses from the ISP. This type of Internet account is more costly than a single-address account typically used by a single user with a modem, rather than a router. The FVS318 VPN Firewall employs an address-sharing method called Network Address Translation

(NAT). This method allows several networked PCs to share an Internet account using only a single IP address, which may be statically or dynamically assigned by your ISP. The router accomplishes this address sharing by translating the internal LAN IP addresses to a single address that is globally unique on the Internet. The internal LAN IP addresses can be either private addresses or registered addresses. For more information about IP address translation, refer to RFC 1631, The IP Network Address Translator (NAT). The following figure illustrates a single IP address operation. Private IP addresses assigned by user IP addresses assigned by ISP 192.168.0.1 172.21.15.105 Internet 192.168.0.2 192.168.0.3 192.168.0.4 192.168.0.5 Figure B-3: Single IP Address Operation Using NAT This scheme offers the additional benefit of firewall-like protection because the internal LAN addresses are not available to the Internet through the translated connection. All incoming inquiries are filtered out by the router. This filtering can prevent intruders from probing your system. However, using port forwarding, you can allow one PC (for example, a Web server) on your local network to be accessible to outside users. B-8 Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall MAC Addresses and Address Resolution Protocol An IP address alone cannot be used to deliver data from one LAN device to another. To send data between LAN devices, you must convert the IP address of the destination device to its media access control (MAC) address. Each device on an Ethernet network has a unique MAC address, which is a 48-bit number assigned to each device by the manufacturer. The technique that associates the IP address with a MAC address is known as address resolution. Internet Protocol uses the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) to resolve MAC addresses. If a device sends data to another station on the network and the destination MAC address is not yet recorded, ARP is used. An ARP request is broadcast onto the network. All stations on the network receive and read the request. The destination IP address for the chosen station is included as part of the message so that only the station with this IP address responds to the ARP request. All other stations discard the request. Related Documents The station with the correct IP address responds with its own MAC address directly to the sending device. The receiving station provides the transmitting station with the required destination MAC address. The IP address data and MAC address data for each station are held in an ARP table. The next time data is sent, the address can be obtained from the address information in the table. For more information about address assignment, refer to the IETF documents RFC 1597, Address Allocation for Private Internets, and RFC 1466, Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space. For more information about IP address translation, refer to RFC 1631, The IP Network Address Translator (NAT). Domain Name Server Many of the resources on the Internet can be addressed by simple descriptive names such as www.NETGEAR.com. This addressing is very helpful at the application level, but the descriptive name must be translated to an IP address in order for a user to actually contact the resource. Just as a telephone directory maps names to phone numbers, or as an ARP table maps IP addresses to MAC addresses, a domain name system (DNS) server maps descriptive names of network resources to IP addresses. Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics B-9 M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall When a PC accesses a resource by its descriptive name, it first contacts a DNS server to obtain the IP address of the resource. The PC sends the desired message using the IP address. Many large organizations, such as ISPs, maintain their own DNS servers and allow their customers to use the servers to look up addresses. IP Configuration by DHCP When an IP-based local area network is installed, each PC must be configured with an IP address. If the PCs need to access the Internet, they should also be configured with a gateway address and one or more DNS server addresses. As an alternative to manual configuration, there is a method by which each PC on the network can automatically obtain this configuration information. A device on the network may act as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. The DHCP server stores a list or pool of IP addresses, along with other information (such as gateway and DNS addresses) that it may assign to the other devices on the network. The FVS318 VPN Firewall has the capacity to act as a DHCP server. The FVS318 VPN Firewall also functions as a DHCP client when connecting to the ISP. The firewall can automatically obtain an IP address, subnet mask, DNS server addresses, and a gateway address if the ISP provides this information by DHCP. Internet Security and Firewalls When your LAN connects to the Internet through a router, an opportunity is created for outsiders to access or disrupt your network. A NAT router provides some protection because by the very nature of the Network Address Translation (NAT) process, the network behind the NAT router is shielded from access by outsiders on the Internet. However, there are methods by which a determined hacker can possibly obtain information about your network or at the least can disrupt your Internet access. A greater degree of protection is provided by a firewall router. B-10 Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall What is a Firewall?

A firewall is a device that protects one network from another, while allowing communication between the two. A firewall incorporates the functions of the NAT router, while adding features for dealing with a hacker intrusion or attack. Several known types of intrusion or attack can be recognized when they occur. When an incident is detected, the firewall can log details of the attempt, and can optionally send email to an administrator notifying them of the incident. Using information from the log, the administrator can take action with the ISP of the hacker. In some types of intrusions, the firewall can fend off the hacker by discarding all further packets from the hackers IP address for a period of time. Stateful Packet Inspection Unlike simple Internet sharing routers, a firewall uses a process called stateful packet inspection to ensure secure firewall filtering to protect your network from attacks and intrusions. Since user-level applications such as FTP and Web browsers can create complex patterns of network traffic, it is necessary for the firewall to analyze groups of network connection states. Using Stateful Packet Inspection, an incoming packet is intercepted at the network layer and then analyzed for state-related information associated with all network connections. A central cache within the firewall keeps track of the state information associated with all network connections. All traffic passing through the firewall is analyzed against the state of these connections in order to determine whether or not it will be allowed to pass through or rejected. Denial of Service Attack A hacker may be able to prevent your network from operating or communicating by launching a Denial of Service (DoS) attack. The method used for such an attack can be as simple as merely flooding your site with more requests than it can handle. A more sophisticated attack may attempt to exploit some weakness in the operating system used by your router or gateway. Some operating systems can be disrupted by simply sending a packet with incorrect length information. Ethernet Cabling Although Ethernet networks originally used thick or thin coaxial cable, most installations currently use unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cabling. The UTP cable contains eight conductors, arranged in four twisted pairs, and terminated with an RJ45 type connector. A normal straight-through UTP Ethernet cable follows the EIA568B standard wiring as described below in Table B-1 Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics B-11 M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall

. Table B-1. UTP Ethernet cable wiring, straight-through Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Wire color Orange/White Orange Green/White Blue Blue/White Green Brown/White Brown Signal Transmit (Tx) +

Transmit (Tx) -

Receive (Rx) +

Receive (Rx) -

Category 5 Cable Quality Category 5 distributed cable that meets ANSI/EIA/TIA-568-A building wiring standards can be a maximum of 328 feet (ft.) or 100 meters (m) in length, divided as follows:

20 ft. (6 m) between the hub and the patch panel (if used) 295 ft. (90 m) from the wiring closet to the wall outlet 10 ft. (3 m) from the wall outlet to the desktop device The patch panel and other connecting hardware must meet the requirements for 100 Mbps operation (Category 5). Only 0.5 inch (1.5 cm) of untwist in the wire pair is allowed at any termination point. A twisted pair Ethernet network operating at 10 Mbits/second (10BASE-T) will often tolerate low quality cables, but at 100 Mbits/second (10BASE-Tx) the cable must be rated as Category 5, or Cat 5, by the Electronic Industry Association (EIA). This rating will be printed on the cable jacket. A Category 5 cable will meet specified requirements regarding loss and crosstalk. In addition, there are restrictions on maximum cable length for both 10 and 100 Mbits/second networks. B-12 Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall Inside Twisted Pair Cables For two devices to communicate, the transmitter of each device must be connected to the receiver of the other device. The crossover function is usually implemented internally as part of the circuitry in the device. Computers and workstation adapter cards are usually media-dependent interface ports, called MDI or uplink ports. Most repeaters and switch ports are configured as media-dependent interfaces with built-in crossover ports, called MDI-X or normal ports. Auto Uplink technology automatically senses which connection, MDI or MDI-X, is needed and makes the right connection. Figure B-4 illustrates straight-through twisted pair cable. Figure B-4: Straight-Through Twisted-Pair Cable Figure B-5 illustrates crossover twisted pair cable. Figure B-5: Crossover Twisted-Pair Cable Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics B-13 M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall Figure B-6: Category 5 UTP Cable with Male RJ-45 Plug at Each End Note: Flat silver satin telephone cable may have the same RJ-45 plug. However, using telephone cable results in excessive collisions, causing the attached port to be partitioned or disconnected from the network. Uplink Switches, Crossover Cables, and MDI/MDIX Switching In the wiring table above, the concept of transmit and receive are from the perspective of the PC, which is wired as Media Dependant Interface (MDI). In this wiring, the PC transmits on pins 1 and 2. At the hub, the perspective is reversed, and the hub receives on pins 1 and 2. This wiring is referred to as Media Dependant Interface - Crossover (MDI-X). When connecting a PC to a PC, or a hub port to another hub port, the transmit pair must be exchanged with the receive pair. This exchange is done by one of two mechanisms. Most hubs provide an Uplink switch which will exchange the pairs on one port, allowing that port to be connected to another hub using a normal Ethernet cable. The second method is to use a crossover cable, which is a special cable in which the transmit and receive pairs are exchanged at one of the two cable connectors. Crossover cables are often unmarked as such, and must be identified by comparing the two connectors. Since the cable connectors are clear plastic, it is easy to place them side by side and view the order of the wire colors on each. On a straight-through cable, the color order will be the same on both connectors. On a crossover cable, the orange and blue pairs will be exchanged from one connector to the other. B-14 Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall The FVS318 VPN Firewall incorporates Auto UplinkTM technology (also called MDI/MDIX). Each LOCAL Ethernet port will automatically sense whether the Ethernet cable plugged into the port should have a normal connection (e.g. connecting to a PC) or an uplink connection (e.g. connecting to a router, switch, or hub). That port will then configure itself to the correct configuration. This feature also eliminates the need to worry about crossover cables, as Auto UplinkTM will accommodate either type of cable to make the right connection. Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics B-15 M-10146-01 Reference Manual for the Model FVS318 Broadband ProSafe VPN Firewall B-16 Networks, Routing, and Firewall Basics M-10146-01 Appendix C Preparing Your Network This appendix describes how to prepare your network to connect to the Internet through the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P and how to verify the readiness of broadband Internet service from an Internet service provider (ISP). Note: If an ISP technician configured your computer during the installation of a broadband modem, or if you configured it using instructions provided by your ISP, you may need to copy the current configuration information for use in the configuration of your firewall. Write down this information before reconfiguring your computers. Refer to Obtaining ISP Configuration Information for Windows Computers on page C-19 or Obtaining ISP Configuration Information for Macintosh Computers on page C-20 for further information. Preparing Your Computers for TCP/IP Networking Computers access the Internet using a protocol called TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/

Internet Protocol). Each computer on your network must have TCP/IP installed and selected as its networking protocol. If a Network Interface Card (NIC) is already installed in your PC, then TCP/

IP is probably already installed as well. Most operating systems include the software components you need for networking with TCP/IP:

Windows 95 or later includes the software components for establishing a TCP/IP network. Windows 3.1 does not include a TCP/IP component. You need to purchase a third-party TCP/

IP application package such as NetManage Chameleon. Macintosh Operating System 7 or later includes the software components for establishing a TCP/IP network. All versions of UNIX or Linux include TCP/IP components. Follow the instructions provided with your operating system or networking software to install TCP/IP on your computer. Preparing Your Network C-1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P In your IP network, each PC and the firewall must be assigned a unique IP addresses. Each PC must also have certain other IP configuration information such as a subnet mask (netmask), a domain name server (DNS) address, and a default gateway address. In most cases, you should install TCP/IP so that the PC obtains its specific network configuration information automatically from a DHCP server during bootup. For a detailed explanation of the meaning and purpose of these configuration items, refer to Appendix B, Network, Routing, Firewall, and Basics. The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server is shipped preconfigured as a DHCP server. The firewall assigns the following TCP/IP configuration information automatically when the PCs are rebooted:

Gateway address (the firewall)192.168.0.1 PC or workstation IP addresses192.168.0.2 through 192.168.0.254 Subnet mask255.255.255.0 These addresses are part of the IETF-designated private address range for use in private networks. Configuring Windows 95, 98, and Me for TCP/IP Networking As part of the PC preparation process, you need to manually install and configure TCP/IP on each networked PC. Before starting, locate your Windows CD; you may need to insert it during the TCP/IP installation process. Install or Verify Windows Networking Components To install or verify the necessary components for IP networking:

1. On the Windows taskbar, click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel. 2. Double-click the Network icon. The Network window opens, which displays a list of installed components:

C-2 Preparing Your Network M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P You must have an Ethernet adapter, the TCP/IP protocol, and Client for Microsoft Networks. Note: It is not necessary to remove any other network components shown in the Network window in order to install the adapter, TCP/IP, or Client for Microsoft Networks. If you need to install a new adapter, follow these steps:

a. Click the Add button. b. Select Adapter, and then click Add. c. Select the manufacturer and model of your Ethernet adapter, and then click OK. If you need TCP/IP:

a. Click the Add button. b. Select Protocol, and then click Add. c. Select Microsoft. d. Select TCP/IP, and then click OK. Preparing Your Network C-3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P If you need Client for Microsoft Networks:

a. Click the Add button. b. Select Client, and then click Add. c. Select Microsoft. d. Select Client for Microsoft Networks, and then click OK. 3. Restart your PC for the changes to take effect. Enabling DHCP to Automatically Configure TCP/IP Settings After the TCP/IP protocol components are installed, each PC must be assigned specific information about itself and resources that are available on its network. The simplest way to configure this information is to allow the PC to obtain the information from a DHCP server in the network. You will find there are many similarities in the procedures for different Windows systems when using DHCP to configure TCP/IP. The following steps will walk you through the configuration process for each of these versions of Windows. Locate your Network Neighborhood icon. If the Network Neighborhood icon is on the Windows desktop, position your mouse pointer over it and right-click your mouse button. If the icon is not on the desktop, Click Start on the task bar located at the bottom left of the window. Choose Settings, and then Control Panel. Locate the Network Neighborhood icon and click on it. This will open the Network panel as shown below. C-4 M-10177-01 Preparing Your Network Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Verify the following settings as shown:

Client for Microsoft Network exists Ethernet adapter is present TCP/IP is present Primary Network Logon is set to Windows logon Click on the Properties button. The following TCP/IP Properties window will display. Preparing Your Network C-5 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P By default, the IP Address tab is open on this window. Verify the following:

Obtain an IP address automatically is selected. If not selected, click in the radio button to the left of it to select it. This setting is required to enable the DHCP server to automatically assign an IP address. Click OK to continue. Restart the PC. Repeat these steps for each PC with this version of Windows on your network. Selecting Windows Internet Access Method 1. On the Windows taskbar, click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel. 2. Double-click the Internet Options icon. 3. Select I want to set up my Internet connection manually or I want to connect through a Local Area Network and click Next. 4. Select I want to connect through a Local Area Network and click Next. 5. Uncheck all boxes in the LAN Internet Configuration screen and click Next. 6. Proceed to the end of the Wizard. Verifying TCP/IP Properties After your PC is configured and has rebooted, you can check the TCP/IP configuration using the utility winipcfg.exe:

1. On the Windows taskbar, click the Start button, and then click Run. C-6 Preparing Your Network M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 2. Type winipcfg, and then click OK. The IP Configuration window opens, which lists (among other things), your IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway. 3. From the drop-down box, select your Ethernet adapter. The window is updated to show your settings, which should match the values below if you are using the default TCP/IP settings that NETGEAR recommends for connecting through a router or gateway:

The IP address is between 192.168.0.2 and 192.168.0.254 The subnet mask is 255.255.255.0 The default gateway is 192.168.0.1 Configuring Windows NT4, 2000 or XP for IP Networking As part of the PC preparation process, you may need to install and configure TCP/IP on each networked PC. Before starting, locate your Windows CD; you may need to insert it during the TCP/IP installation process. Install or Verify Windows Networking Components To install or verify the necessary components for IP networking:

1. On the Windows taskbar, click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel. 2. Double-click the Network and Dialup Connections icon. 3. If an Ethernet adapter is present in your PC, you should see an entry for Local Area Connection. Double-click that entry. 4. Select Properties. 5. Verify that Client for Microsoft Networks and Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) are present. If not, select Install and add them. 6. Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), click Properties, and verify that Obtain an IP address automatically is selected. 7. Click OK and close all Network and Dialup Connections windows. 8. Then, restart your PC. Preparing Your Network C-7 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Enabling DHCP to Automatically Configure TCP/IP Settings You will find there are many similarities in the procedures for different Windows systems when using DHCP to configure TCP/IP. The following steps will walk you through the configuration process for each of these versions of Windows. DHCP Configuration of TCP/IP in Windows XP Locate your Network Neighborhood icon. Select Control Panel from the Windows XP new Start Menu. Select the Network Connections icon on the Control Panel. This will take you to the next step. Now the Network Connection window displays. The Connections List that shows all the network connections set up on the PC, located to the right of the window. Right-click on the Connection you will use and choose Status. C-8 Preparing Your Network M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Now you should be at the Local Area Network Connection Status window. This box displays the connection status, duration, speed, and activity statistics. Administrator logon access rights are needed to use this window. Click the Properties button to view details about the connection. The TCP/IP details are presented on the Support tab page. Select Internet Protocol, and click Properties to view the configuration information. Preparing Your Network C-9 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Verify that the Obtain an IP address automatically radio button is selected. Verify that Obtain DNS server address automatically radio button is selected. Click the OK button. This completes the DHCP configuration of TCP/

IP in Windows XP. Repeat these steps for each PC with this version of Windows on your network. DHCP Configuration of TCP/IP in Windows 2000 Once again, after you have installed the network card, TCP/IP for Windows 2000 is configured. TCP/IP should be added by default and set to DHCP without your having to configure it. However, if there are problems, follow these steps to configure TCP/IP with DHCP for Windows 2000. C-10 Preparing Your Network M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Click on the My Network Places icon on the Windows desktop. This will bring up a window called Network and Dial-up Connections. Right click on Local Area Connection and select Properties. The Local Area Connection Properties dialog box appears. Verify that you have the correct Ethernet card selected in the Connect using: box. Verify that at least the following two items are displayed and selected in the box of Components checked are used by this connection:

Client for Microsoft Networks and Click OK. Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Preparing Your Network C-11 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P With Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) selected, click on Properties to open the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialogue box. Verify that Obtain an IP address automatically is selected. Obtain DNS server address automatically is selected. Click OK to return to Local Area Connection Properties. Click OK again to complete the configuration process for Windows 2000. Restart the PC. Repeat these steps for each PC with this version of Windows on your network. C-12 Preparing Your Network M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P DHCP Configuration of TCP/IP in Windows NT4 Once you have installed the network card, you need to configure the TCP/IP environment for Windows NT 4.0. Follow this procedure to configure TCP/IP with DHCP in Windows NT 4.0. Choose Settings from the Start Menu, and then select Control Panel. This will display Control Panel window. Double-click the Network icon in the Control Panel window. The Network panel will display. Select the Protocols tab to continue. Preparing Your Network C-13 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Highlight the TCP/IP Protocol in the Network Protocols box, and click on the Properties button. C-14 Preparing Your Network M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P The TCP/IP Properties dialog box now displays. Click the IP Address tab. Select the radio button marked Obtain an IP address from a DHCP server. Click OK. This completes the configuration of TCP/IP in Windows NT. Restart the PC. Repeat these steps for each PC with this version of Windows on your network. Verifying TCP/IP Properties for Windows XP, 2000, and NT4 To check your PCs TCP/IP configuration:

1. On the Windows taskbar, click the Start button, and then click Run. The Run window opens. 2. Type cmd and then click OK. A command window opens 3. Type ipconfig /all Your IP Configuration information will be listed, and should match the values below if you are using the default TCP/IP settings that NETGEAR recommends for connecting through a router or gateway:

The IP address is between 192.168.0.2 and 192.168.0.254 The subnet mask is 255.255.255.0 Preparing Your Network C-15 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P The default gateway is 192.168.0.1 4. Type exit Configuring the Macintosh for TCP/IP Networking Beginning with Macintosh Operating System 7, TCP/IP is already installed on the Macintosh. On each networked Macintosh, you will need to configure TCP/IP to use DHCP. MacOS 8.6 or 9.x 1. From the Apple menu, select Control Panels, then TCP/IP. The TCP/IP Control Panel opens:

2. From the Connect via box, select your Macintoshs Ethernet interface. 3. From the Configure box, select Using DHCP Server. You can leave the DHCP Client ID box empty. 4. Close the TCP/IP Control Panel. 5. Repeat this for each Macintosh on your network. MacOS X 1. From the Apple menu, choose System Preferences, then Network. C-16 Preparing Your Network M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P If not already selected, select Built-in Ethernet in the Configure list. If not already selected, Select Using DHCP in the TCP/IP tab. 2. 3. 4. Click Save. Verifying TCP/IP Properties for Macintosh Computers After your Macintosh is configured and has rebooted, you can check the TCP/IP configuration by returning to the TCP/IP Control Panel. From the Apple menu, select Control Panels, then TCP/IP. The panel is updated to show your settings, which should match the values below if you are using the default TCP/IP settings that NETGEAR recommends:

The IP Address is between 192.168.0.2 and 192.168.0.254 The Subnet mask is 255.255.255.0 The Router address is 192.168.0.1 If you do not see these values, you may need to restart your Macintosh or you may need to switch the Configure setting to a different option, then back again to Using DHCP Server. Preparing Your Network C-17 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Verifying the Readiness of Your Internet Account For broadband access to the Internet, you need to contract with an Internet service provider (ISP) for a single-user Internet access account using a cable modem or DSL modem. This modem must be a separate physical box (not a card) and must provide an Ethernet port intended for connection to a Network Interface Card (NIC) in a computer. Your firewall does not support a USB-connected broadband modem. For a single-user Internet account, your ISP supplies TCP/IP configuration information for one computer. With a typical account, much of the configuration information is dynamically assigned when your PC is first booted up while connected to the ISP, and you will not need to know that dynamic information. In order to share the Internet connection among several computers, your firewall takes the place of the single PC, and you need to configure it with the TCP/IP information that the single PC would normally use. When the firewalls Internet port is connected to the broadband modem, the firewall appears to be a single PC to the ISP. The firewall then allows the PCs on the local network to masquerade as the single PC to access the Internet through the broadband modem. The method used by the firewall to accomplish this is called Network Address Translation (NAT) or IP masquerading. Are Login Protocols Used?

Some ISPs require a special login protocol, in which you must enter a login name and password in order to access the Internet. If you normally log in to your Internet account by running a program such as WinPOET or EnterNet, then your account uses PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE). When you configure your router, you will need to enter your login name and password in the routers configuration menus. After your network and firewall are configured, the firewall will perform the login task when needed, and you will no longer need to run the login program from your PC. It is not necessary to uninstall the login program. What Is Your Configuration Information?

More and more, ISPs are dynamically assigning configuration information. However, if your ISP does not dynamically assign configuration information but instead used fixed configurations, your ISP should have given you the following basic information for your account:

C-18 Preparing Your Network M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P An IP address and subnet mask A gateway IP address, which is the address of the ISPs router One or more domain name server (DNS) IP addresses Host name and domain suffix For example, your accounts full server names may look like this:

mail.xxx.yyy.com In this example, the domain suffix is xxx.yyy.com. If any of these items are dynamically supplied by the ISP, your firewall automatically acquires them. If an ISP technician configured your PC during the installation of the broadband modem, or if you configured it using instructions provided by your ISP, you need to copy the configuration information from your PCs Network TCP/IP Properties window or Macintosh TCP/IP Control Panel before reconfiguring your PC for use with the firewall. These procedures are described next. Obtaining ISP Configuration Information for Windows Computers As mentioned above, you may need to collect configuration information from your PC so that you can use this information when you configure the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server. Following this procedure is only necessary when your ISP does not dynamically supply the account information. To get the information you need to configure the firewall for Internet access:

1. On the Windows taskbar, click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel. 2. Double-click the Network icon. The Network window opens, which displays a list of installed components. 3. Select TCP/IP, and then click Properties. The TCP/IP Properties dialog box opens. 4. Select the IP Address tab. If an IP address and subnet mask are shown, write down the information. If an address is present, your account uses a fixed (static) IP address. If no address is present, your account uses a dynamically-assigned IP address. Click Obtain an IP address automatically. 5. Select the Gateway tab. Preparing Your Network M-10177-01 C-19 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P If an IP address appears under Installed Gateways, write down the address. This is the ISPs gateway address. Select the address and then click Remove to remove the gateway address. 6. Select the DNS Configuration tab. If any DNS server addresses are shown, write down the addresses. If any information appears in the Host or Domain information box, write it down. Click Disable DNS. 7. Click OK to save your changes and close the TCP/IP Properties dialog box. You are returned to the Network window. 8. Click OK. 9. Reboot your PC at the prompt. You may also be prompted to insert your Windows CD. Obtaining ISP Configuration Information for Macintosh Computers As mentioned above, you may need to collect configuration information from your Macintosh so that you can use this information when you configure the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server. Following this procedure is only necessary when your ISP does not dynamically supply the account information. To get the information you need to configure the firewall for Internet access:

1. From the Apple menu, select Control Panels, then TCP/IP. The TCP/IP Control Panel opens, which displays a list of configuration settings. If the Configure setting is Using DHCP Server, your account uses a dynamically-assigned IP address. In this case, close the Control Panel and skip the rest of this section. If an IP address and subnet mask are shown, write down the information. If an IP address appears under Router address, write down the address. This is the ISPs gateway address. If any Name Server addresses are shown, write down the addresses. These are your ISPs DNS addresses. If any information appears in the Search domains information box, write it down. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Change the Configure setting to Using DHCP Server. 7. Close the TCP/IP Control Panel. C-20 Preparing Your Network M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Restarting the Network Once youve set up your computers to work with the firewall, you must reset the network for the devices to be able to communicate correctly. Restart any computer that is connected to the FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server. After configuring all of your computers for TCP/IP networking and restarting them, and connecting them to the local network of your FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server, you are ready to access and configure the firewall. Preparing Your Network C-21 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P C-22 Preparing Your Network M-10177-01 Appendix D Wireless Networking Basics This chapter provides an overview of Wireless networking. Wireless Networking Overview The FWG114P Wireless Firewall/Print Server conforms to the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11b and 802.11g standards for wireless LANs (WLANs). On an 802.11b or g wireless link, data is encoded using direct-sequence spread-spectrum (DSSS) technology and is transmitted in the unlicensed radio spectrum at 2.5GHz. The maximum data rate for the 802.11b wireless link is 11 Mbps, but it will automatically back down from 11 Mbps to 5.5, 2, and 1 Mbps when the radio signal is weak or when interference is detected. The 802.11g auto rate sensing rates are 1, 2, 5.5, 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, and 54 Mbps. The 802.11 standard is also called Wireless Ethernet or Wi-Fi by the Wireless Ethernet Compatibility Alliance (WECA, see http://www.wi-fi.net), an industry standard group promoting interoperability among 802.11 devices. The 802.11 standard offers two methods for configuring a wireless network - ad hoc and infrastructure. Infrastructure Mode With a wireless Access Point, you can operate the wireless LAN in the infrastructure mode. This mode provides wireless connectivity to multiple wireless network devices within a fixed range or area of coverage, interacting with wireless nodes via an antenna. Wireless Networking Basics D-1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P In the infrastructure mode, the wireless access point converts airwave data into wired Ethernet data, acting as a bridge between the wired LAN and wireless clients. Connecting multiple Access Points via a wired Ethernet backbone can further extend the wireless network coverage. As a mobile computing device moves out of the range of one access point, it moves into the range of another. As a result, wireless clients can freely roam from one Access Point domain to another and still maintain seamless network connection. Ad Hoc Mode (Peer-to-Peer Workgroup) In an ad hoc network, computers are brought together as needed; thus, there is no structure or fixed points to the network - each node can generally communicate with any other node. There is no Access Point involved in this configuration. This mode enables you to quickly set up a small wireless workgroup and allows workgroup members to exchange data or share printers as supported by Microsoft networking in the various Windows operating systems. Some vendors also refer to ad hoc networking as peer-to-peer group networking. In this configuration, network packets are directly sent and received by the intended transmitting and receiving stations. As long as the stations are within range of one another, this is the easiest and least expensive way to set up a wireless network. Network Name: Extended Service Set Identification (ESSID) The Extended Service Set Identification (ESSID) is one of two types of Service Set Identification

(SSID). In an ad hoc wireless network with no access points, the Basic Service Set Identification

(BSSID) is used. In an infrastructure wireless network that includes an access point, the ESSID is used, but may still be referred to as SSID. An SSID is a thirty-two character (maximum) alphanumeric key identifying the name of the wireless local area network. Some vendors refer to the SSID as network name. For the wireless devices in a network to communicate with each other, all devices must be configured with the same SSID. The ESSID is usually broadcast in the air from an access point. The wireless station sometimes can be configured with the ESSID ANY. This means the wireless station will try to associate with whichever access point has the stronger radio frequency (RF) signal, providing that both the access point and wireless station use Open System authentication. D-2 Wireless Networking Basics M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Authentication and WEP Data Encryption The absence of a physical connection between nodes makes the wireless links vulnerable to eavesdropping and information theft. To provide a certain level of security, the IEEE 802.11 standard has defined these two types of authentication methods:

Open System. With Open System authentication, a wireless PC can join any network and receive any messages that are not encrypted. Shared Key. With Shared Key authentication, only those PCs that possess the correct authentication key can join the network. By default, IEEE 802.11 wireless devices operate in an Open System network. Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) data encryption is used when the wireless devices are configured to operate in Shared Key authentication mode. 802.11 Authentication The 802.11 standard defines several services that govern how two 802.11 devices communicate. The following events must occur before an 802.11 Station can communicate with an Ethernet network through an access point such as the one built in to the FWG114P:

1. Turn on the wireless station. 2. The station listens for messages from any access points that are in range. 3. The station finds a message from an access point that has a matching SSID. 4. The station sends an authentication request to the access point. 5. The access point authenticates the station. 6. The station sends an association request to the access point. 7. The access point associates with the station. 8. The station can now communicate with the Ethernet network through the access point. An access point must authenticate a station before the station can associate with the access point or communicate with the network. The IEEE 802.11 standard defines two types of authentication:

Open System and Shared Key. Open System Authentication allows any device to join the network, assuming that the device SSID matches the access point SSID. Alternatively, the device can use the ANY SSID option to associate with any available Access Point within range, regardless of its SSID. Wireless Networking Basics D-3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Shared Key Authentication requires that the station and the access point have the same WEP Key to authenticate. These two authentication procedures are described below. Open System Authentication The following steps occur when two devices use Open System Authentication:

1. The station sends an authentication request to the access point. 2. The access point authenticates the station. 3. The station associates with the access point and joins the network. This process is illustrated in below. Open System Authentication Steps 1) Authentication request sent to AP 2) AP authenticates Access Point (AP) 3) Client connects to network Cable/DSL ProSafeWirelessVPN Security Firewall PWR TEST LNK ACT Enable IN TER N ET W LA N LO CA L MODEL FVM318 100 LNK/ACT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Cable or DLS modem Client attempting to connect Figure 9-1: Open system authentication Shared Key Authentication The following steps occur when two devices use Shared Key Authentication:

1. The station sends an authentication request to the access point. 2. The access point sends challenge text to the station. 3. The station uses its configured 64-bit or 128-bit default key to encrypt the challenge text, and sends the encrypted text to the access point. 4. The access point decrypts the encrypted text using its configured WEP Key that corresponds to the stations default key. The access point compares the decrypted text with the original challenge text. If the decrypted text matches the original challenge text, then the access point and the station share the same WEP Key and the access point authenticates the station. D-4 Wireless Networking Basics M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 5. The station connects to the network. If the decrypted text does not match the original challenge text (i.e., the access point and station do not share the same WEP Key), then the access point will refuse to authenticate the station and the station will be unable to communicate with either the 802.11 network or Ethernet network. This process is illustrated in below. Shared Key Authentication Steps 1) Authentication request sent to AP Access Point 2) AP sends challenge text Cable/DSL ProSafeWirelessVPN Security Firewall PWR TEST LNK ACT Enable IN TER N ET W LA N LO CA L MODEL FVM318 100 LNK/ACT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Client attempting to connect 3) Client encrypts challenge text and sends it back to AP 4) AP decrypts, and if correct, authenticates client 5) Client connects to network Figure 9-2: Shared key authentication Overview of WEP Parameters Cable or DLS modem Before enabling WEP on an 802.11 network, you must first consider what type of encryption you require and the key size you want to use. Typically, there are three WEP Encryption options available for 802.11 products:

1. Do Not Use WEP: The 802.11 network does not encrypt data. For authentication purposes, the network uses Open System Authentication. 2. Use WEP for Encryption: A transmitting 802.11 device encrypts the data portion of every packet it sends using a configured WEP Key. The receiving device decrypts the data using the same WEP Key. For authentication purposes, the network uses Open System Authentication. Wireless Networking Basics D-5 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 3. Use WEP for Authentication and Encryption: A transmitting 802.11 device encrypts the data portion of every packet it sends using a configured WEP Key. The receiving device decrypts the data using the same WEP Key. For authentication purposes, the wireless network uses Shared Key Authentication. Note: Some 802.11 access points also support Use WEP for Authentication Only (Shared Key Authentication without data encryption). Key Size The IEEE 802.11 standard supports two types of WEP encryption: 40-bit and 128-bit. The 64-bit WEP data encryption method, allows for a five-character (40-bit) input. Additionally, 24 factory-set bits are added to the forty-bit input to generate a 64-bit encryption key. (The 24 factory-set bits are not user-configurable). This encryption key will be used to encrypt/decrypt all data transmitted via the wireless interface. Some vendors refer to the 64-bit WEP data encryption as 40-bit WEP data encryption since the user-configurable portion of the encryption key is 40 bits wide. The 128-bit WEP data encryption method consists of 104 user-configurable bits. Similar to the forty-bit WEP data encryption method, the remaining 24 bits are factory set and not user configurable. Some vendors allow passphrases to be entered instead of the cryptic hexadecimal characters to ease encryption key entry. 128-bit encryption is stronger than 40-bit encryption, but 128-bit encryption may not be available outside of the United States due to U.S. export regulations. When configured for 40-bit encryption, 802.11 products typically support up to four WEP Keys. Each 40-bit WEP Key is expressed as 5 sets of two hexadecimal digits (0-9 and A-F). For example, 12 34 56 78 90 is a 40-bit WEP Key. When configured for 128-bit encryption, 802.11 products typically support four WEP Keys but some manufacturers support only one 128-bit key. The 128-bit WEP Key is expressed as 13 sets of two hexadecimal digits (0-9 and A-F). For example, 12 34 56 78 90 AB CD EF 12 34 56 78 90 is a 128-bit WEP Key. D-6 Wireless Networking Basics M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P Encryption Key Sizes Table D-1:

Encryption Key Size 64-bit (24+40) 128-bit (24+104)

# of Hexadecimal Digits 10 26 Example of Hexadecimal Key Content 4C72F08AE1 4C72F08AE19D57A3FF6B260037 Note: Typically, 802.11 access points can store up to four 128-bit WEP Keys but some 802.11 client adapters can only store one. Therefore, make sure that your 802.11 access and client adapters configurations match. WEP Configuration Options The WEP settings must match on all 802.11 devices that are within the same wireless network as identified by the SSID. In general, if your mobile clients will roam between access points, then all of the 802.11 access points and all of the 802.11 client adapters on the network must have the same WEP settings. Note: Whatever keys you enter for an AP, you must also enter the same keys for the client adapter in the same order. In other words, WEP key 1 on the AP must match WEP key 1 on the client adapter, WEP key 2 on the AP must match WEP key 2 on the client adapter, etc. Note: The AP and the client adapters can have different default WEP Keys as long as the keys are in the same order. In other words, the AP can use WEP key 2 as its default key to transmit while a client adapter can use WEP key 3 as its default key to transmit. The two devices will communicate as long as the APs WEP key 2 is the same as the clients WEP key 2 and the APs WEP key 3 is the same as the clients WEP key 3. Wireless Channels The wireless frequencies used by 802.11b/g networks are discussed below. IEEE 802.11b/g wireless nodes communicate with each other using radio frequency signals in the ISM (Industrial, Scientific, and Medical) band between 2.4 GHz and 2.5 GHz. Neighboring channels are 5 MHz apart. However, due to spread spectrum effect of the signals, a node sending signals using a particular channel will utilize frequency spectrum 12.5 MHz above and below the center channel frequency. As a result, two separate wireless networks using neighboring channels

(for example, channel 1 and channel 2) in the same general vicinity will interfere with each other. Applying two channels that allow the maximum channel separation will decrease the amount of Wireless Networking Basics D-7 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P channel cross-talk, and provide a noticeable performance increase over networks with minimal channel separation. The radio frequency channels used in 802.11b/g networks are listed in Table D-2:

Table D-2:

802.11b/g Radio Frequency Channels Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Center Frequency 2412 MHz 2417 MHz 2422 MHz 2427 MHz 2432 MHz 2437 MHz 2442 MHz 2447 MHz 2452 MHz 2457 MHz 2462 MHz 2467 MHz 2472 MHz Frequency Spread 2399.5 MHz - 2424.5 MHz 2404.5 MHz - 2429.5 MHz 2409.5 MHz - 2434.5 MHz 2414.5 MHz - 2439.5 MHz 2419.5 MHz - 2444.5 MHz 2424.5 MHz - 2449.5 MHz 2429.5 MHz - 2454.5 MHz 2434.5 MHz - 2459.5 MHz 2439.5 MHz - 2464.5 MHz 2444.5 MHz - 2469.5 MHz 2449.5 MHz - 2474.5 MHz 2454.5 MHz - 2479.5 MHz 2459.5 MHz - 2484.5 MHz Note: The available channels supported by the wireless products in various countries are different. For example, Channels 1 to 11 are supported in the U.S. and Canada, and Channels 1 to 13 are supported in Europe and Australia. The preferred channel separation between the channels in neighboring wireless networks is 25 MHz (5 channels). This means that you can apply up to three different channels within your wireless network. There are only 11 usable wireless channels in the United States. It is recommended that you start using channel 1 and grow to use channel 6, and 11 when necessary, as these three channels do not overlap. D-8 Wireless Networking Basics M-10177-01 Glossary List of Glossary Terms Use the list below to find definitions for technical terms used in this manual. 10BASE-T IEEE 802.3 specification for 10 Mbps Ethernet over twisted pair wiring. 100BASE-Tx IEEE 802.3 specification for 100 Mbps Ethernet over twisted pair wiring. 802.1x 802.1x defines port-based, network access control used to provide authenticated network access and automated data encryption key management. The IEEE 802.1x draft standard offers an effective framework for authenticating and controlling user traffic to a protected network, as well as dynamically varying encryption keys. 802.1x uses a protocol called EAP

(Extensible Authentication Protocol) and supports multiple authentication methods, such as token cards, Kerberos, one-time passwords, certificates, and public key authentication. For details on EAP specifically, refer to IETF's RFC 2284. 802.11b IEEE specification for wireless networking at 11 Mbps using direct-sequence spread-spectrum (DSSS) technology and operating in the unlicensed radio spectrum at 2.4-2.5GHz. 802.11g A soon to be ratified IEEE specification for wireless networking at 54 Mbps using direct-sequence spread-spectrum (DSSS) technology and operating in the unlicensed radio spectrum at 2.4GHz. 802.11g is backwards compatible with 802.11b. ADSL Short for asymmetric digital subscriber line, a technology that allows data to be sent over existing copper telephone lines at data rates of from 1.5 to 9 Mbps when receiving data (known as the downstream rate) and from 16 to 640 Kbps when sending data (known as the upstream rate). ADSL requires a special ADSL modem. ADSL is growing in popularity as more areas around the world gain access. Glossary 1 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P ARP Address Resolution Protocol, a TCP/IP protocol used to convert an IP address into a physical address (called a DLC address), such as an Ethernet address. A host wishing to obtain a physical address broadcasts an ARP request onto the TCP/IP network. The host on the network that has the IP address in the request then replies with its physical hardware address. There is also Reverse ARP (RARP) which can be used by a host to discover its IP address. In this case, the host broadcasts its physical address and a RARP server replies with the host's IP address. Auto Uplink Auto UplinkTM technology (also called MDI/MDIX) eliminates the need to worry about crossover vs. straight-through Ethernet cables. Auto UplinkTM will accommodate either type of cable to make the right connection. CA A Certificate Authority is a trusted third-party organization or company that issues digital certificates used to create digital signatures and public-private key pairs. Cat 5 Category 5 unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cabling. An Ethernet network operating at 10 Mbits/second

(10BASE-T) will often tolerate low quality cables, but at 100 Mbits/second (10BASE-Tx) the cable must be rated as Category 5, or Cat 5 or Cat V, by the Electronic Industry Association (EIA). This rating will be printed on the cable jacket. Cat 5 cable contains eight conductors, arranged in four twisted pairs, and terminated with an RJ45 type connector. In addition, there are restrictions on maximum cable length for both 10 and 100 Mbits/second networks. Certificate Authority A Certificate Authority is a trusted third-party organization or company that issues digital certificates used to create digital signatures and public-private key pairs. The role of the CA in this process is to guarantee that the individual granted the unique certificate is, in fact, who he or she claims to be. Usually, this means that the CA has an arrangement with a financial institution, such as a credit card company, which provides it with information to confirm an individual's claimed identity. CAs are a critical component in data security and electronic commerce because they guarantee that the two parties exchanging information are really who they claim to be. DHCP An Ethernet protocol specifying how a centralized DHCP server can assign network configuration information to multiple DHCP clients. The assigned information includes IP addresses, DNS addresses, and gateway (router) addresses. DMZ Specifying a Default DMZ Server allows you to set up a computer or server that is available to anyone on the Internet for services that you haven't defined. There are security issues with doing this, so only do this if you'll willing to risk open access. 2 Glossary M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P DNS Short for Domain Name System (or Service), an Internet service that translates domain names into IP addresses. Because domain names are alphabetic, they're easier to remember. The Internet however, is really based on IP addresses. Every time you use a domain name, therefore, a DNS service must translate the name into the corresponding IP address. For example, the domain name www.example.com might translate to 198.105.232.4. The DNS system is, in fact, its own network. If one DNS server doesn't know how to translate a particular domain name, it asks another one, and so on, until the correct IP address is returned. Domain Name A descriptive name for an address or group of addresses on the Internet. Domain names are of the form of a registered entity name plus one of a number of predefined top level suffixes such as .com, .edu, .uk, etc. For example, in the address mail.NETGEAR.com, mail is a server name and NETGEAR.com is the domain. DSL Short for digital subscriber line, but is commonly used in reference to the asymmetric version of this technology (ADSL) that allows data to be sent over existing copper telephone lines at data rates of from 1.5 to 9 Mbps when receiving data (known as the downstream rate) and from 16 to 640 Kbps when sending data

(known as the upstream rate). ADSL requires a special ADSL modem. ADSL is growing in popularity as more areas around the world gain access. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP. An Ethernet protocol specifying how a centralized DHCP server can assign network configuration information to multiple DHCP clients. The assigned information includes IP addresses, DNS addresses, and gateway (router) addresses. EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol is a general protocol for authentication that supports multiple authentication methods. EAP, an extension to PPP, supports such authentication methods as token cards, Kerberos, one-time passwords, certificates, public key authentication and smart cards. In wireless communications using EAP, a user requests connection to a WLAN through an AP, which then requests the identity of the user and transmits that identity to an authentication server such as RADIUS. The server asks the AP for proof of identity, which the AP gets from the user and then sends back to the server to complete the authentication. EAP is defined by RFC 2284. ESSID The Extended Service Set Identification (ESSID) is a thirty-two character (maximum) alphanumeric key identifying the wireless local area network. Gateway A local device, usually a router, that connects hosts on a local network to other networks. Glossary 3 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P IP Internet Protocol is the main internetworking protocol used in the Internet. Used in conjunction with the Transfer Control Protocol (TCP) to form TCP/IP. IP Address A four-byte number uniquely defining each host on the Internet, usually written in dotted-decimal notation with periods separating the bytes (for example, 134.177.244.57). Ranges of addresses are assigned by Internic, an organization formed for this purpose. ISP Internet service provider. Internet Protocol The main internetworking protocol used in the Internet. Used in conjunction with the Transfer Control Protocol (TCP) to form TCP/IP. LAN A communications network serving users within a limited area, such as one floor of a building. local area network LAN. A communications network serving users within a limited area, such as one floor of a building. A LAN typically connects multiple personal computers and shared network devices such as storage and printers. Although many technologies exist to implement a LAN, Ethernet is the most common for connecting personal computers. MAC address The Media Access Control address is a unique 48-bit hardware address assigned to every network interface card. Usually written in the form 01:23:45:67:89:ab. Mbps Megabits per second. MD5 MD5 creates digital signatures using a one-way hash function, meaning that it takes a message and converts it into a fixed string of digits, also called a message digest. When using a one-way hash function, one can compare a calculated message digest against the message digest that is decrypted with a public key to verify that the message hasn't been tampered with. This comparison is called a "hashcheck."

MDI/MDIX In cable wiring, the concept of transmit and receive are from the perspective of the PC, which is wired as a Media Dependant Interface (MDI). In MDI wiring, a PC transmits on pins 1 and 2. At the hub, switch, router, or access point, the perspective is reversed, and the hub receives on pins 1 and 2. This wiring is referred to as Media Dependant Interface - Crossover (MDI-X). See also Auto Uplink. 4 Glossary M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P NAT A technique by which several hosts share a single IP address for access to the Internet. NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System. An application programming interface (API) for sharing services and information on local-area networks (LANs). Provides for communication between stations of a network where each station is given a name. These names are alphanumeric names, 16 characters in length. netmask Combined with the IP address, the IP Subnet Mask allows a device to know which other addresses are local to it, and which must be reached through a gateway or router. A number that explains which part of an IP address comprises the network address and which part is the host address on that network. It can be expressed in dotted-decimal notation or as a number appended to the IP address. For example, a 28-bit mask starting from the MSB can be shown as 255.255.255.192 or as /28 appended to the IP address. Network Address Translation A technique by which several hosts share a single IP address for access to the Internet. packet A block of information sent over a network. A packet typically contains a source and destination network address, some protocol and length information, a block of data, and a checksum. Point-to-Point Protocol PPP. A protocol allowing a computer using TCP/IP to connect directly to the Internet. RADIUS Short for Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service, RADIUS is an authentication system. Using RADIUS, you must enter your user name and password before gaining access to a network. This information is passed to a RADIUS server, which checks that the information is correct, and then authorizes access. Though not an official standard, the RADIUS specification is maintained by a working group of the IETF. RIP A protocol in which routers periodically exchange information with one another so that they can determine minimum distance paths between sources and destinations. router A device that forwards data between networks. An IP router forwards data based on IP source and destination addresses. Glossary 5 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P SSID A Service Set Identification is a thirty-two character (maximum) alphanumeric key identifying a wireless local area network. For the wireless devices in a network to communicate with each other, all devices must be configured with the same SSID. This is typically the configuration parameter for a wireless PC card. It corresponds to the ESSID in the wireless Access Point and to the wireless network name. See also Wireless Network Name and ESSID. Subnet Mask Combined with the IP address, the IP Subnet Mask allows a device to know which other addresses are local to it, and which must be reached through a gateway or router. TLS Short for Transport Layer Security, TLS is a protocol that guarantees privacy and data integrity between client/server applications communicating over the Internet. The TLS protocol is made up of two layers. The TLS Record Protocol ensures that a connection is private by using symmetric data encryption and ensures that the connection is reliable. The second TLS layer is the TLS Handshake Protocol, which allows authentication between the server and client and the negotiation of an encryption algorithm and cryptographic keys before data is transmitted or received. Based on Netscapes SSL 3.0, TLS supercedes and is an extension of SSL. TLS and SSL are not interoperable. UTP Unshielded twisted pair is the cable used by 10BASE-T and 100BASE-Tx Ethernet networks. WAN A long distance link used to extend or connect remotely located local area networks. The Internet is a large WAN. WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a data encryption protocol for 802.11b wireless networks. All wireless nodes and access points on the network are configured with a 64-bit or 128-bit Shared Key for data encryption. wide area network WAN. A long distance link used to extend or connect remotely located local area networks. The Internet is a large WAN. Wi-Fi A trade name for the 802.11b wireless networking standard, given by the Wireless Ethernet Compatibility Alliance (WECA, see http://www.wi-fi.net), an industry standards group promoting interoperability among 802.11b devices. Windows Internet Naming Service WINS. Windows Internet Naming Service is a server process for resolving Windows-based computer names to IP addresses. 6 Glossary M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P If a remote network contains a WINS server, your Windows PCs can gather information from that WINS server about its local hosts. This allows your PCs to browse that remote network using the Windows Network Neighborhood feature. WINS WINS. Windows Internet Naming Service is a server process for resolving Windows-based computer names to IP addresses. Wireless Network Name (SSID) Wireless Network Name (SSID) is the name assigned to a wireless network. This is the same as the SSID or ESSID configuration parameter. Glossary 7 M-10177-01 Reference Manual for the ProSafe Wireless 802.11g Firewall/Print Server Model FWG114P 8 Glossary M-10177-01 Index Denial of Service (DoS) protection 2-2 denial of service attack B-11 DHCP B-10 DHCP Client ID C-16 DMZ 2-3, 6-2 DMZ Server 6-2 DNS Proxy 2-4 DNS server 3-9, 3-12, C-20 domain C-20 Domain Name 3-9, 3-12 domain name server (DNS) B-9 DoS attack B-11 E Enable VPN Passthrough (IPSec, PPTP, L2TP) 5-9 EnterNet C-18 erase configuration 5-8 ESSID 4-7, D-2 Ethernet 2-3 Ethernet cable B-11 exposed host 6-2 F factory settings, restoring 5-8 firewall features 2-2 Flash memory, for firmware upgrade 2-1 front panel 2-6, 2-8 fully qualified domain name (FQDN) 4-4 G gateway address C-20 1 Numerics 802.11b D-1 A Account Name 3-9, 3-12 Address Resolution Protocol B-9 ad-hoc mode D-2 Auto MDI/MDI-X B-15, G-2 Auto Uplink 2-3, B-15, G-2 B backup configuration 5-7 Basic Wireless Connectivity 4-7 BSSID D-2 C Cabling B-11 Cat5 cable 3-1, B-12, G-2 configuration automatic by DHCP 2-4 backup 5-7 erasing 5-8 restore 5-6 router, initial 3-1 content filtering 2-2, 5-1 crossover cable 2-3, 7-2, B-14, B-15, G-2 D date and time 7-7 Daylight Savings Time 7-7 daylight savings time 5-12 Default DMZ Server 6-2 Index H host name 3-9, 3-12 I IANA contacting B-2 IETF B-1 Web site address B-7 inbound rules 5-5 infrastructure mode D-2 installation 2-4 Internet account address information C-18 establishing C-18 Internet Service Provider 3-1 IP addresses C-19, C-20 and NAT B-8 and the Internet B-2 assigning B-2, B-9 auto-generated 7-3 private B-7 translating B-9 IP configuration by DHCP B-10 IP networking for Macintosh C-16 for Windows C-2, C-7 ISP 3-1 L LAN IP Setup Menu 6-5 LEDs description 2-7 troubleshooting 7-2 log sending 5-13 LPD/LPR Printing 6-1 M MAC address 7-7, B-9 spoofing 3-12, 7-5 2 Macintosh C-19 configuring for IP networking C-16 DHCP Client ID C-16 network printing 6-8 Obtaining ISP Configuration Information C-20 masquerading C-18 MDI/MDI-X B-15, G-2 MDI/MDI-X wiring B-14, G-4 metric 6-9 Modem 3-15, 3-16 modem 2-4, 2-8, 3-13 N NAT C-18 NAT. See Network Address Translation netmask translation table B-6 Network Address Translation 2-3, B-8, C-18 Network Time Protocol 5-12, 7-7 newsgroup 5-3 NTP 5-12, 7-7 O Open System authentication D-3 outbound rules 5-7 P package contents 2-5 Passphrase 4-5, 4-9 passphrase 2-2 password restoring 7-7 PC, using to configure C-21 ping 6-2 port filtering 5-7 port forwarding 5-5 port forwarding behind NAT B-8 port numbers 5-10 Index PPP over Ethernet 2-4, C-18 PPPoE 2-4, C-18 Primary DNS Server 3-8, 3-9, 3-12 protocols Address Resolution B-9 DHCP B-10 Routing Information 2-3, B-2 support 2-1 PTP Driver 6-1 publications, related B-1 R range 4-1 rear panel 2-8 remote management 6-10 requirements hardware 3-1 reserved IP adresses 6-7 restore configuration 5-6 restore factory settings 5-8 Restrict Wireless Access by MAC Address 4-8 RFC 1466 B-7, B-9 1597 B-7, B-9 1631 B-8, B-9 finding B-7 RIP (Router Information Protocol) 6-6 router concepts B-1 Router Status 5-1 Routing Information Protocol 2-3, B-2 rules inbound 5-5 outbound 5-7 S Secondary DNS Server 3-8, 3-9, 3-12 security 2-1, 2-3 Serial 3-14, 3-15 serial 2-1, 2-8 service blocking 5-7 Index service numbers 5-10 Setup Wizard 3-1 Shared Key authentication D-3 SMTP 5-13 spoof MAC address 7-5 SSID 4-4, 4-7, 4-8, D-2 stateful packet inspection 2-2, 5-1, B-11 subnet addressing B-4 subnet mask B-5, C-19, C-20 syslog 5-17 T TCP/IP configuring C-1 network, troubleshooting 7-5 TCP/IP properties verifying for Macintosh C-17 verifying for Windows C-6, C-15 time of day 7-7 time zone 5-12 time-stamping 5-12 troubleshooting 7-1 Trusted Host 5-3 U Universal Plug and Play 6-11 Uplink switch B-14 UPnP 6-11 USB C-18 USB 2.0 2-8 W WEP D-3 Wi-Fi D-1 Windows, configuring for IP routing C-2, C-7 winipcfg utility C-6 WinPOET C-18 Wired Equivalent Privacy. See WEP 3 wireless authentication scheme 4-5 Wireless Ethernet D-1 Wireless Security 4-2 4 Index

 

 

Instructions for the installation of Detachable Antenna with the FWG114P 1. Introduction This information provides guidelines to permit you to install the NETGEAR detachable antennas with the FWG114P 11g wireless router and antenna cable and be compliant with the FCC regulations. FWG114P provides 15dBm maximum transmit power plus antenna gain. The maximum equivalent isotropic radiated power limit is 1W ERP. When installing the detachable antennas listed below, the installer has to be sure the limits wont be exceeded. If so, attenuation in the form of antenna cable is added between the FWG114P wireless node and the antenna. It is not allowed to let the end user do whatever they want. Anyone tries to use non-

Netgear dedicated accessory may have violated the regulation and voided the right to use. If they use Netgear's antenna accessories, they are all well prepared. The cables and connectors are matched. Disclaimer: Use of any antenna requires careful planning and extra consideration to comply with emissions and health standards and regulations. It is recommended that a qualified professional installer service is consulted for site survey and proper installation. Antenna installation must comply with the maximum level authorized by each country. 2. NETGEAR Antenna Cable Attenuation at 2.4- 2.5 GHz NETGEAR Cable Type ACC-10314-01 ACC-10314-02 ACC-10314-03 ACC-10314-04 ACC-10314-05 Length 1.5 m 3 m 5 m 10 m 30 m Typical Attenuation at 2.4 - 2.5 GHz 1.1 dB 2.0 dB 3.2 dB 6.1 dB 18.0 dB 3. Installation Procedure for the Wireless Node, Antenna Cable, and Antenna 1. In the table below, identify the NETGEAR detachable antenna to be used with the FWG114P, e.g. the ANT24D18. 2. Read the required NETGEAR Antenna cable to be used, e.g. ACC-10314-05 30m cable

(with ANT24D18). In some cases, no cable is required. Therefore in this situation, the user is free to use a NETGEAR cable from 1.5m to 30m or no cable at all. 3. Connect the selected antenna cable to the FWG114P wireless Node and to the antenna Antenna list: Mandatory antenna cable to be used with each antenna and FWG114P NETGEAR Antenna Manufacturer P/N Antenna Type Antenna max. Gain Theoretical EIRP without cable MINIMUM Cable Attenuation needed NET Ante cabl MINI ANT24P2 TBC*

ANT24P3 TBC*

ANT24P4 TBC*

ANT24S4 TBC*

ANT24P5 TBC*

ANT24S5 TBC*

ANT24P7 TBC*

ANT24P93 TBC*

ANT24P9 TBC*

ANT24P12 TBC*

ANT24P123 TBC*

ANT24O5 ANT24D12 TBC*

ANT24D18 JOYMAX IW-144 ANTENNIQUES MCS-003A JOYMAX IW-

152RS SENAO NAS-

T0405(N) ANTENNIQUES MCS-004 SENAO NAS-

2405(N) ANTENNIQUES MCS-004A SENAO SAG-

T0909 SENAO SAG-2409 Omnidirection SENAO SAG-2412 Omnidirection Omnidirection al Omnidirection al Omnidirection al Omnidirection al Triband Stand Omnidirection al Omnidirection al Stand Omnidirection al Omnidirection al triband al Antenna al Antenna Omnidirection al triband Antenna Ceiling Antenna Patch Antenna 2dBi 17 dBm EIRP 0 dB 3dBi 18 dBm EIRP 0 dB 4dBi 19 dBm EIRP 0 dB 4dBi 19 dBm EIRP 0 dB 5dBi 20 dBm EIRP 0 dB 5dBi 20 dBm EIRP 0 dB 7dBi 22 dBm EIRP 2 dB 9dBi 24 dBm EIRP 4 dB 9dBi 24 dBm EIRP 4 dB 12dBi 27 dBm EIRP 7 dB 12dBi 27 dBm EIRP 7 dB 5dBi 20 dBm EIRP 0 dB 12dBi 27 dBm EIRP 7 dB Patch Antenna 18dBi 33 dBm EIRP 13 dB SENAO SAG-

T1112 SENAO NAP-

2405(N) SENAO SAP-2412 SENAO NAP-

2418(N) LEN 0 m 0 m 0 m 0 m 0 m 0 m 3 m 10 m 10 m 30 m 30 m 0 m 30 m 30 m

* NETGEAR part number to be confirmed 4. Calculation of cable length typical attenuation when maximum power is different Reference to FCC Part 15.247(b)(4):

If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, the peak output power from the intentional radiator shall be reduced below the stated values of this section, as appropriate, by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. Disclaimer: NETGEAR assumes no responsibility in case of intentional or unintentional violation of the maximum allowable EIRP/ERP in a particular country, miscalculation of the attenuation, faulty non-

NETGEAR wireless node, or bad connection from antenna to wireless node.

 

 

FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 1 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION 1 FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 2 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 3 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 4 FRONT SIDE OF MAIN BOARD FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 5 REAR SIDE OF MAIN BOARD FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 6 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 7 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 8 FRONT SIDE OF MODULE BOARD FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 9 REAR SIDE OF MODULE BOARD

 

 

FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 1 FRONT SIDE OF EUT FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 2 REAR SIDE OF EUT FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 3 CLOSER LOOK OF REAR INTERFACE PORT FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 4 FRONT SIDE OF EUT FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 5 REAR SIDE OF EUT FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 6 FRONT SIDE OF EUT FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 7 DIOPLE ANTENNA (5dBi) FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 8 CEILING ANTENNA (5dBi) FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 9 CEILING ANTENNA (5dBi) FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 10 PATCH ANTENNA (18dBi) FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 11 PATCH ANTENNA (18dBi) FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 12 DIOPLE ANTENNA (12dBi) FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Number 13 ANTENNA CABLE

 

 

 

 

 

 

THIS DEVICE COMPLIES WITH PART 15 OF THE FCC RULES. OPERATIONS IS SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING TWO CONDITIONS:

(1) THIS DEVICE MAY NOT CAUSE HARMFUL INTERFERENCE, AND

(2) THIS DEVICE MUST ACCEPT ANY INTERFERENCE RECEIVED, INCLUDING INTERFERENCE THAT MAY CAUSE UNDESIRED OPERATION. FCC ID: PY3FWG114P Server name:

Serial No.:

Made in Taiwan 75 mm Scale 1:1 m m

. 5 6 4

 

 

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 U.S.A. To whom it may concern:

We, hereby, declare that we do not provide any user manual, control or software to allow user to operate outside the USA frequency band for the product, FCC ID: PY3FWG114P. Applicant: Netgear Inc. ADDRESS: 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054 USA TEL: 1-408-907-8000 FAX: 1-408-907-8097

 

 

Netgear Inc.. Aug.2.2003 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division FCC IDGPY3FWG114P Confidentiality Request Pursuant to Sections 0..457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, the Applicant Hereby requests confidential treatment of information accomparrting this Application As outlined below:

1. Block Diagram, 2. Schematic Diagram, The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily Released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this Application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application Applicant: Netgear Inc. ADDRESS: 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054 USA TEL: 1-408-907-8000 FAX: 1-408-907-8097

 

 

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 U.S.A. To whom it may concern:

I, hereby, declare that the following EMI suppression components on the EUT, FCC ID: PY3FWG114P, will be added or layout on the mass production products. 1. Add a core on RF cable. Applicant: Netgear Inc. ADDRESS: 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054 USA TEL: 1-408-907-8000 FAX: 1-408-907-8097

 

 

AboCom Systems, Inc. Head Office: 1F, No. 21, R&D Rd. II, SBIP, Hsin-Chu 300, Taiwan, R.O.C. Factory: No. 77, Yu-Yih Rd., Chu-Nan Chen, Miao-Lih Hsian 350, Taiwan, R.O.C. Mobile Interconnected Products: 8F, No. 123, Lane 235, Bao-Chiao Rd, Hsin-Tien City, Taipei 231, Taiwan, R.O.C. FCC ID: PY3FWG114P / WG2K4 TEL: +886-37-580-777 FAX: +886-37-580-799 http://www.abocom.com MAC + BASEBAND Circuit :

1. Mac+B.B, U1(TNETW1130): The 288-terminal TNETW1130 is a single-chip wireless local-area network (WLAN) medium-access controller (MAC) and baseband processor that combines high performance and functionality. TNETW1130 host-adapter system that features a 32-bit, 33-MHz, PCI/mini PCI/CardBus host interface, the TNETW1130 chip with eCPU, external memory, and a 2.4-GHz radio. 2. Power part, U6: Regulator transfers D3.3V to A2.85V, supplying transceiver power, Q2 :

transistor, it results in 1.35V voltage dropout, producing 1.5V,and provides PLL circuit power.U8 :

Regulator transfers D3.3V to A1.8V, supplying U1 analog power. U7: Regulator transfers D3.3V to D1.5V, supplying U1 core. 3. Crystal Frequency, U5+Y1: sleep clock ( 32.768KHz ) will be turn on when system is in doze mode. U9+X1 : 40MHz is always turn on except doze mode, providing U1 and U10 as system clock. RF PART Circuit:

1.Tranceiver, U10(RC2422B): The RC2422 is a fully integrated IQ transceiver specifically for use in 802.11 b/g applications. The RC2422 is designed to perform the IQ conversion at 374MHz IF as well as provide an RFLO and control logic to the RFFE (Radio Frequency Front End). The RC2422 also has an internal IQ DC offset calibration function for the receive IQ interface. The RC2422 incorporates all of the system blocks from the modem to the RFFE except for the IF filtering and the reference crystal. The ASIC uniquely incorporates an internal PLL reference oscillator where only a crystal is needed, and also provides a clock output for base-band/MAC ASICs. 2. Power Amplifier, U11(RC2326): The RC2326 is a fully integrated Dual Mode Radio Frequency Front End (RFFE) designed specifically for use in 802.11 b/g applications. The RC2326 is designed to perform RF up and down conversions in the unlicensed ISM band. Combined with the Radia RC2422 IF/IQ Transceiver/Synthesizer. The ASIC includes the LNA, PA, mixer, bias circuitry, RX gain control, transmit coupler detector, and T/R switches. High integration and internal RF matching enhances performance and greatly reduce external part count. The only external components needed (other than simple passives) for operation are RF filters and external low power DC switching FETs. AboCom Systems, Inc. Head Office: 1F, No. 21, R&D Rd. II, SBIP, Hsin-Chu 300, Taiwan, R.O.C. Factory: No. 77, Yu-Yih Rd., Chu-Nan Chen, Miao-Lih Hsian 350, Taiwan, R.O.C. Mobile Interconnected Products: 8F, No. 123, Lane 235, Bao-Chiao Rd, Hsin-Tien City, Taipei 231, Taiwan, R.O.C. 3.Filter, FL3: SAW filter TEL: +886-37-580-777 FAX: +886-37-580-799 http://www.abocom.com Center Frequency, f0 : 374MHZ Minimum Insertion Loss : - 8.5 dB 3 dB Bandwidth : 20.5 dB Relative Attenuation (4) 309 - 352 MHz : 50 dB 352 - 357.5 MHz : 50 dB 390.5 - 392 MHz : 45 dB 392 - 396 MHz : 40 dB 396 - 439 MHz : 42 dB 439 - 454 MHz : 45 dB FL1, FL2 : BandPass Filter FcG2450MHz Pass BandG2400~2500MHz Insertion LossG1.2dB Max. VSWRG2.0 Max ATT. : 25 dB. 4. TX/RX Switch, U12:

Tx : U12.6 (CTRLA=L) RF RF2 RX: Antenna diversity Insertion Loss = 0.5 dB Isolation = 22 dB AboCom Systems, Inc. Head Office: 1F, No. 21, R&D Rd. II, SBIP, Hsin-Chu 300, Taiwan, R.O.C. Factory: No. 77, Yu-Yih Rd., Chu-Nan Chen, Miao-Lih Hsian 350, Taiwan, R.O.C. Mobile Interconnected Products: 8F, No. 123, Lane 235, Bao-Chiao Rd, Hsin-Tien City, Taipei 231, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEL: +886-37-580-777 FAX: +886-37-580-799 http://www.abocom.com Function Theorem:

WG2K4 is a CardBus interface to Wireless Adapter. The frequency range is from 2400 ~2500 MHz. It combines B/G mode11b mode of CCK modulation technology to producing 11Mbps data rate, and 11g mode of OFDM modulation technology to producing 54 Mbps date. At TX mode: all of digital signals will be modulated on U1 (MAC+B.B), delivering I/Q signals to transceiver. Transceiver will up-converter its frequency to 374 MHz (IF LO) and to RF frequency (2.4G), using heterodyne structure. The RF signals will be sent to P.A.(U11)to amplify its powerdelivering through antenna. At RX mode : vice versa.

 

 

FCC TEST REPORT 1.1. 6dB Bandwidth Plot1Mode 1(Channel 1)G Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 1 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot2 Mode 1(Channel 6)G Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 2 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot3 Mode 1(Channel 11)G Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 3 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot1Mode 2(Channel 1)G Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 4 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot2 Mode 2(Channel 6)G Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 5 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot3 Mode 2(Channel 11)G Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 6 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 1.2. Power Spectral Density Plot1Mode 1(Channel 1):

Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 7 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot2 Mode 1(Channel 6):

Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 8 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot3 Mode 1(Channel 11):

Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 9 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot1Mode 2(Channel 1):

Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 10 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot2 Mode 2(Channel 6):

Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 11 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot3 Mode 2(Channel 11):

Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 12 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 1.3. Band Edges Measurement Plot1 Mode 1(Channel 1)G Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 13 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot2 Mode 1(Channel 11)G Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 14 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot1 Mode 2(Channel 1)G Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 15 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Plot2 Mode 2(Channel 11)G Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 16 of 16

: Aug. 22, 2003

 

 

FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909 FCC TEST REPORT for 47 CFR, Part 15, Subpart C Equipment : Broadband Prosafe 802.11g Wireless Firewall With Print Server Model No.

: FWG114P FCC ID.

: PY3FWG114P Filing Type : Certification Applicant

: Netgear Inc. 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054 USA

The test result refers exclusively to the test presented test model / sample.

Without written approval of SPORTON International Inc., the test report shall not be reproduced except in full.

Certificate or Test Report must not be used by the applicant to claim the product in this test report endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of U.S. government. SPORTON International Inc. 6F, No.106, Sec. 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd., Hsi Chih, Taipei Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909 Table of Contents History of this test report ..................................................................................................................ii CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE........................................................................................................................1 1. General Description of Equipment under Test.............................................................................................2 1.1. Applicant..........................................................................................................................................................................................2 1.2. Manufacturer ...................................................................................................................................................................................2 1.3. Basic Description of Equipment under Test ....................................................................................................................................2 1.4. Feature of Equipment under Test ...................................................................................................................................................3 2. Test Configuration of Equipment under Test...............................................................................................4 2.1. Test Manner ....................................................................................................................................................................................4 2.2. Description of Test System .............................................................................................................................................................5 2.3. Connection Diagram of Test System ..............................................................................................................................................8 3. Test Software ...................................................................................................................................................9 4. General Information of Test..........................................................................................................................10 4.1. Test Voltage ..................................................................................................................................................................................10 4.2. Standard for Methods of Measurement.........................................................................................................................................10 4.3. Test in Compliance with ................................................................................................................................................................10 4.4. Frequency Range Investigated .....................................................................................................................................................10 4.5. Test Distance ................................................................................................................................................................................11 5. Report of Measurements and Examinations ..............................................................................................12 5.1. List of Measurements and Examinations ......................................................................................................................................12 5.2. 6dB Bandwidth ..............................................................................................................................................................................13 5.3. Peak Output Power .......................................................................................................................................................................16 5.4. Power Spectral Density.................................................................................................................................................................19 5.5. Test of Conducted Emission .........................................................................................................................................................22 5.6. Test of Radiated Emission ............................................................................................................................................................47 5.7. Band Edges Measurement..........................................................................................................................................................121 5.8. Antenna Requirements ...............................................................................................................................................................124 5.9. RF Exposure ...............................................................................................................................................................................125 6. EMI Suppression Component List.............................................................................................................129 7. Antenna Factor & Cable Loss ....................................................................................................................130 8. List of Measuring Equipments Used .........................................................................................................131 9. Uncertainty of Test Site ..............................................................................................................................132 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: i

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909 History of this test report Original Report Issue Date: Oct. 22, 2003 No additional attachment. Additional attachment were issued as following record:

Attachment No. Issue Date Description SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: ii

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909 Certificate No. : F370909 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE for 47 CFR, Part 15, Subpart C Equipment

: Broadband Prosafe 802.11g Wireless Firewall With Print Server Model No.

: FWG114P FCC ID.

: PY3FWG114P Applicant Filing Type : Certification

: Netgear Inc. 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054 USA I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT :

The measurements shown in this test report were made in accordance with the procedures given in ANSI C63.4 - 2001 and the equipment under test was passed all test items required in FCC Part 15 subpart C, relative to the equipment under test. Testing was carried out on Oct. 20, 2003 at SPORTON International Inc. LAB. SPORTON International Inc. 6F, No.106, Sec. 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd., Hsi Chih, Taipei Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 1 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 1. General Description of Equipment under Test Report No. : F370909 1.1. Applicant Netgear Inc. 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054 USA 1.2. Manufacturer Same as 1.1 1.3. Basic Description of Equipment under Test Equipment Model No. FCC ID Trade Name TP Cable RF Cable Power Supply Type AC Power Cord DC Power Cable

: Broadband Prosafe 802.11g Wireless Firewall With Print Server

: FWG114P

: PY3FWG114P

: Netgear

: Non-Shielded, 10 m / 1 m

: Shielded, 1.5m

: Linear

: Wall-mount, 2 pin

: Non-Shielded, 1.8 m SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 2 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 1.4. Feature of Equipment under Test Product Feature & Specification Report No. : F370909 Type of Modulation Number of Channels Frequency Band Carrier Frequency of each channel DSSS 11 2414MHz 2484MHz 2412,2417,2422,2427,2432, 2437,2442, 2447,2452,2457,2462,2467,2472,2484 22MHz Bandwidth of each channel Maximum Output Power of Antenna 10.41dBm Transceiver Function Type Item Description NETGEAR P/N Low loss antenna cable of 1.5m 1 ACC-10314-01 2 Low loss antenna cable of 3m ACC-10314-02 Low loss antenna cable of 5m 3 ACC-10314-03 Low loss antenna cable of 10m 4 ACC-10314-04 5 Low loss antenna cable of 30m ACC-10314-05 TBC*

2dBi Omnidirectional Antenna 6 ANT24P2 TBC*

3dBi Omnidirectional Antenna 7 ANT24P3 TBC*

4dBi Omnidirectional Antenna 8 ANT24P4 TBC*

9 4dBi Omnidirectional Triband Stand Antenna ANT24S4 TBC*

5dBi Omnidirectional Antenna 10 ANT24P5 TBC*

5dBi Omnidirectional Stand Antenna 11 ANT24S5 TBC*

12 ANT24P7 TBC*

7dBi Omnidirectional Antenna 9dBi Omnidirectional Tiband Antenna 13 ANT24P93 TBC*

9dBi Omnidirectional Antenna 14 ANT24P9 TBC*

15 ANT24P12 TBC*

12dBi Omnidirectional Antenna 12dBi Omnidirectional Triband Antenna 16 ANT24P123 TBC*

5dBi Ceiling Antenna 17 ANT24O5 12dBi Patch Antenna 18 ANT24D12 TBC*

19 ANT24D18 18dBi Patch Antenna 20 C147 5dBi Dipole Antenna SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 3 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 2. Test Configuration of Equipment under Test 2.1. Test Manner Report No. : F370909 a. The EUT has been associated with personal computer and peripherals pursuant to ANSI C63.4-2001 and configuration operated in a manner, which tended to maximize its emission characteristics in a typical application. b. The complete test system included remote workstation, COMPAQ PC, VIEWSONIC Monitor, Genuine PS/2 Keyboard, LOGITECH PS/2 Mouse, EPSON Printer, ACEEX Modem and EUT for EMI test. The remote workstation included HP PC, HITACHI Monitor, Genuine PS/2 Keyboard and LOGITECH PS/2 Mouse. c. This equipment has different types, gains of antennas, and different length of RF cables. It chose the max gain antenna of the same type and specifications. and the shortest RF cable in the same type for testing, this collocation of 5dBi Ceiling Antenna +1.5m RF Cable was ensure to perform the max RF Level and E.R.P. d. For conducted power line test and radiated emission test, the following test modes were performed:

Mode 1: CH01 2412MHz (IEEE 802.11b 5dBi Ceiling) Mode 2: CH06 2437MHz (IEEE 802.11b 5dBi Ceiling) Mode 3: CH11 2462MHz (IEEE 802.11b 5dBi Ceiling) Mode 4: CH01 2412MHz (IEEE 802.11b 5dBi Dipole) Mode 5: CH06 2437MHz (IEEE 802.11b 5dBi Dipole) Mode 6: CH11 2462MHz (IEEE 802.11b 5dBi Dipole) Mode 7: CH01 2412MHz (IEEE 802.11b 12dBi Omnidirectional) Mode 8: CH06 2437MHz (IEEE 802.11b 12dBi Omnidirectional) Mode 9: CH11 2462MHz (IEEE 802.11b 12dBi Omnidirectional) Mode 10: CH01 2412MHz (IEEE 802.11b 18dBi Patch) Mode 11: CH06 2437MHz (IEEE 802.11b 18dBi Patch) Mode 12: CH11 2462MHz (IEEE 802.11b 18dBi Patch) Mode 13: CH01 2412MHz (IEEE 802.11g 5dBi Ceiling) Mode 14: CH06 2437MHz (IEEE 802.11g 5dBi Ceiling) Mode 15: CH11 2462MHz (IEEE 802.11g 5dBi Ceiling) Mode 16: CH01 2412MHz (IEEE 802.11g 5dBi Dipole) Mode 17: CH06 2437MHz (IEEE 802.11g 5dBi Dipole) Mode 18: CH11 2462MHz (IEEE 802.11g 5dBi Dipole) Mode 19: CH01 2412MHz (IEEE 802.11g 12dBi Omnidirectional) Mode 20: CH06 2437MHz (IEEE 802.11g 12dBi Omnidirectional) Mode 21: CH11 2462MHz (IEEE 802.11g 12dBi Omnidirectional) Mode 22: CH01 2412MHz (IEEE 802.11g 18dBi Patch) Mode 23: CH06 2437MHz (IEEE 802.11g 18dBi Patch) Mode 24: CH11 2462MHz (IEEE 802.11g 18dBi Patch) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 4 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 Report No. : F370909 FCC TEST REPORT e. The following test modes were performed for RF output test:

Mode 1. IEEE 802.11b 5dBi Ceiling Mode 2. IEEE 802.11b 5dBi Dipole Mode 3. IEEE 802.11b 12dBi Omnidirectional Mode 4. IEEE 802.11b 18dBi Patch Mode 5. IEEE 802.11g 5dBi Ceiling Mode 6. IEEE 802.11g 5dBi Dipole Mode 7. IEEE 802.11g 12dBi Omnidirectional Mode 8. IEEE 802.11g 18dBi Patch f. Frequency range investigated: conduction 150 KHz to 30 MHz, radiation 30 MHz to 25000MHz. 2.2. Description of Test System Support Unit 1. -- Personal Computer (COMPAQ) for local workstation FCC ID Model No. Power Supply Type Power Cord Serial No. Remark

: N/A

: Evo D380mx

: Switching

: Non-Shielded

: SP0037

: This support device was tested to comply with FCC standards and authorized under a declaration of conformity. Support Unit 2. -- Monitor (VIEWSONIC) for local workstation FCC ID Model No. Power Supply Type Power Cord Serial No. Data Cable Remark

: N/A

: E53

: Switching

: Non-Shielded

: SP0052

: Shielded, 1.7m

: This support device was tested to compy with FCC standards and authorized under a declaration of conformity. Support Unit 3. -- PS/2 Keyboard (Genuine) for local and remote workstation FCC ID Model No. Serial No. Data Cable Remark

: N/A

: K288

: SP0054

: Shielded, 360 degree via metal backshells, 1.3m

: This support device was tested to comply with FCC standards and authorized under a declaration of conformity. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 5 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909 Support Unit 4. -- PS/2 Mouse (LOGITECH) for local and remote workstation FCC ID Model No. Serial No. Data Cable

: DZL211029

: M-S34

: SP0041

: Shielded, 1.7m Support Unit 5. -- Printer (EPSON) for local workstation FCC ID Model No. Power Supply Type Power Cord Serial No. Data Cable

: N/A

: STYLUS COLOR C61

: Linear

: Non-Shielded

: SP0048

: Shielded, 1 m Support Unit 6. -- Modem (ACEEX) for local workstation FCC ID Model No. Power Supply Type Power Cord Serial No. Data Cable

: IFAXDM1414

: DM1414

: Linear

: Non-Shielded

: SP0015

: Shielded, 1.15m Support Unit 7. -- Personal Computer (HP) for remote workstation FCC ID Model No. Power Supply Type Power Cord Serial No. Remark

: N/A

: VECTRAC VL420 DT

: Switching

: Non-Shielded

: SP0036

: This support device was tested to comply with FCC standards and authorized under a declaration of conformity. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 6 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909 Support Unit 8. -- Monitor (HITACHI) for remote workstation FCC ID Model No. Power Supply Type Power Cord Serial No. Data Cable Remark

: N/A

: CM753ET

: Switching

: Non-Shielded

: SP0050

: Shielded, 1.15m

: This support device was tested to compy with FCC standards and authorized under a declaration of conformity. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 7 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 2.3. Connection Diagram of Test System Report No. : F370909 1 EUT 5 Printer remote workstation 8 2 Monitor PC 9 7 Antenna Load 6 Modem 3 4 Keyboard Mouse 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. The TP cable is connected from EUT to the support unit 1. The I/O cable is connected from PC to the support unit 2. The I/O cable is connected from PC to the support unit 3. The I/O cable is connected from PC to the support unit 4. The I/O cable is connected from EUT to the support unit 5. The I/O cable is connected from EUT to the support unit 6. These are loop-back TP cables. The TP cable is connected from EUT to the remote workstation. The RF cable is connected from EUT to Antenna. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 8 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 3. Test Software Report No. : F370909 An executive programs, EMCTEST.EXE under WIN XP, which generate a complete line of continuously repeating H pattern was used as the test software. The program was executed as follows:

a. Turn on the power of all equipment. b. The PC reads the test program from the hard disk drive and runs it. c. The PC sends H messages to the monitor, and the monitor displays H patterns on the screen. d. The PC sends H messages to the printer, then the printer prints them on the paper. e. The PC sends H messages to the modem. f. The PC sends H messages to the internal Hard Disk, and the Hard Disk reads and writes the message. g. Repeat the steps from c to f. At the same time, "WGR614" was executed to keep transmitting signals at fixed frequency. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 9 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 4. General Information of Test Report No. : F370909 Test Site Location Test Site No. Test Site Location Test Site No

: No. 30-2, Lin 6, Diing-Fwu Tsuen, Lin-Kou-Hsiang, Taipei Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEL : 886-2-2601-1640 FAX : 886-2-2601-1695

: CO01-LK, OS01-LK

: No. 52, Hwa Ya 1st Rd., Hwa Ya Technology Park, Kwei-Shan Hsiag, Tao Yuan Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-318-0055

: 03CH02-HY, 03CH05-HY, 05CH06-HY 4.1. Test Voltage 110V/60Hz 4.2. Standard for Methods of Measurement ANSI C63.4-2001 for conducted power line test and radiated emission test, Guidance on Measurements for Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum Systems for test of 6dB Bandwidth Guidance on Measurements for Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum Systems for test of Maximum Peak Output Power Guidance on Measurements for Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum Systems for test of 100kHz Bandwidth of Frequency Band Edges Guidance on Measurements for Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum Systems for test of Power Spectral Density 4.3. Test in Compliance with FCC Part 15, Subpart C 15.247 4.4. Frequency Range Investigated a. Conduction: from 150 KHz to 30 MHz b. Radiation: from 30 MHz to 25000MHz SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 10 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 4.5. Test Distance Report No. : F370909 The test distance of radiated emission from antenna to EUT is 3 M. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 11 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5. Report of Measurements and Examinations 5.1. List of Measurements and Examinations Report No. : F370909 FCC Rule Description of Test Result 15.247(a)(2) 6dB Bandwidth 15.247(b) Maximum Peak Output Power 15.247(d) Power Spectral Density 15.207 Conducted Emission 15.209 Radiated Emission 15.247(c) 100kHz Bandwidth of Frequency Band Edges 15.203 Antenna Requirement 1.1307 1.1310 2.1091 2.1093 RF Exposure Compliance Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 12 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5.2. 6dB Bandwidth 5.2.1. Measuring Instruments As described in chapter 7 of this test report. 5.2.2. Test Procedure Report No. : F370909 1. The transmitter output was connected to the spectrum analyzer through an attenuator. 2. Set RBW of spectrum analyzer to 100KHz and VBW to 100KHz. 3. The 6 dB bandwidth is defined as the total spectrum the power of which is higher than peak power minus 6 dB. 5.2.3. Test Setup LayoutG Attenuator EUT Spectrum Analyzer 5.2.4. Test ResultGThe spectrum analyzer plots are attached as below

Temperature : 26C

Relative Humidity : 52 %

Mode 1 Channel Frequency 6dB Emission bandwidth 1 6 11

( MHz ) 2412 2437 2462

( MHz ) 12.04 12.04 12.04

Mode 2 Channel Frequency 6dB Emission bandwidth 1 6 11

( MHz ) 2412 2437 2462

( MHz ) 12.04 12.04 12.04 Limits

( MHz ) 0.5 0.5 0.5 Limits

( MHz ) 0.5 0.5 0.5 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 13 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Mode 3 Report No. : F370909 Channel Frequency 6dB Emission bandwidth 1 6 11

( MHz ) 2412 2437 2462

( MHz ) 12.04 12.04 12.04

Mode 4 Channel Frequency 6dB Emission bandwidth 1 6 11

( MHz ) 2412 2437 2462

( MHz ) 12.04 12.04 12.04

Mode 5 Channel Frequency 6dB Emission bandwidth 1 6 11

( MHz ) 2412 2437 2462

( MHz ) 15.00 16.24 16.28

Mode 6 Channel Frequency 6dB Emission bandwidth 1 6 11

( MHz ) 2412 2437 2462

( MHz ) 15.00 16.24 16.28 Limits

( MHz ) 0.5 0.5 0.5 Limits

( MHz ) 0.5 0.5 0.5 Limits

( MHz ) 0.5 0.5 0.5 Limits

( MHz ) 0.5 0.5 0.5 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 14 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Mode 7 Channel Frequency 6dB Emission bandwidth 1 6 11

( MHz ) 2412 2437 2462

( MHz ) 15.00 16.24 16.28

Mode 8 Channel Frequency 6dB Emission bandwidth 1 6 11

( MHz ) 2412 2437 2462

( MHz ) 15.00 16.24 16.28 Limits

( MHz ) 0.5 0.5 0.5 Limits

( MHz ) 0.5 0.5 0.5 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 15 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5.3. Peak Output Power 5.3.1. Measuring Instruments As described in chapter 7 of this test report. 5.3.2. Test Procedure Report No. : F370909 The antenna port]RF output^of the EUT was connected to the input]RF input^of a power meter. Power was read directly from the meter and cable loss connection was added to the reading to obtain power at the EUT antenna terminal. The EUT Output Power was set to maximum to produce the worse case test result. 5.3.3. Test Setup LayoutG Attenuator EUT Power Meter 5.3.4. Test ResultGSee spectrum analyzer plots below

Temperature: 26C

Relative Humidity: 52 %

Mode 1 Channel Frequency Output Power Output Power Limits 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

Mode 2

(dBm) 10.41 9.85 10.11

(mW) 10.99005839 9.66050879 10.25651926

(Watt/dBm ) 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm Channel Frequency Output Power Output Power Limits 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

(dBm) 10.41 9.85 10.11

(mW) 10.99005839 9.66050879 10.25651926

(Watt/dBm ) 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 16 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Mode 3 Channel Frequency Output Power Output Power Limits 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

Mode 4

(dBm) 10.41 9.85 10.11

(mW) 10.99005839 9.66050879 10.25651926

(Watt/dBm ) 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm Channel Frequency Output Power Output Power Limits 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

Mode 5

(dBm) 10.41 9.85 10.11

(mW) 10.99005839 9.66050879 10.25651926

(Watt/dBm ) 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm Channel Frequency Output Power Output Power Limits 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

Mode 6

(dBm) 6.12 6.35 6.77

(mW) 4.092606597 4.315190738 4.753352259

(Watt/dBm ) 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm Channel Frequency Output Power Output Power Limits 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

(dBm) 6.12 6.35 6.77

(mW) 4.092606597 4.315190768 4.753352259

(Watt/dBm ) 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 17 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Mode 7 Channel Frequency Output Power Output Power Limits 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

Mode 8

(dBm) 6.12 6.35 6.77

(mW) 4.092606597 4.315190768 4.753352259

(Watt/dBm ) 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm Channel Frequency Output Power Output Power Limits 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

(dBm) 6.12 6.35 6.77

(mW) 4.092606597 4.315190768 4.753352259

(Watt/dBm ) 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm 1W/30 dBm

CommentsGMaximum Peak Output Power < 30dBm ( 1Watt) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 18 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5.4. Power Spectral Density 5.4.1. Measuring Instruments As described in chapter 7 of this test report. 5.4.2. Test Procedure Report No. : F370909 1. The transmitter output was connected to spectrum analyzer through an attenuator. 2. The spectrum analyzers resolution bandwidth were set at 3KHz RBW and 30KHz VBW as that of the fundamental frequency. Set the sweep time=span/3KHz. 3. The power spectral density was measured and recorded. 4. The Sweep time is allowed to be longer than span/3KHz for a full response of the mixer in the spectrum analyzer. 5.4.3. Test Setup LayoutG Attenuator EUT Spectrum Analyzer 5.4.4. Test ResultGSee spectrum analyzer plots below

Temperature: 26C

Relative Humidity: 52 %

Mode 1 Channel Frequency Power Spectral Density 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

Mode 2

(dBm)

-25.09

-24.70

-25.08 Channel Frequency Power Spectral Density 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

(dBm)

-25.09

-24.70

-25.08 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 Limits

(dBm) 8 8 8 Limits

(dBm) 8 8 8 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 19 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Mode 3 Channel Frequency Power Spectral Density 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

Mode 4

(dBm)

-25.09

-24.70

-25.08 Channel Frequency Power Spectral Density 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

Mode 5

(dBm)

-25.09

-24.70

-25.08 Channel Frequency Power Spectral Density 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

Mode 6

(dBm)

-19.97

-19.58

-26.11 Channel Frequency Power Spectral Density 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

(dBm)

-19.97

-19.58

-26.11 Limits

(dBm) 8 8 8 Limits

(dBm) 8 8 8 Limits

(dBm) 8 8 8 Limits

(dBm) 8 8 8 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 20 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Mode 7 Channel Frequency Power Spectral Density 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

Mode 8

(dBm)

-19.97

-19.58

-26.11 Channel Frequency Power Spectral Density 1 6 11

(MHz) 2412 2437 2462

(dBm)

-19.97

-19.58

-26.11 Limits

(dBm) 8 8 8 Limits

(dBm) 8 8 8 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 Plot Ref. No. 1 2 3 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 21 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5.5. Test of Conducted Emission Report No. : F370909 Conducted Emissions were measured from 150 KHz to 30 MHz with a bandwidth of 9 KHz and return leads of the EUT according to the methods defined in ANSI C63.4-2001 Section 3.1. The EUT was placed on a nonmetallic stand in a shielded room 0.8 meters above the ground plane. The interface cables and equipment positioning were varied within limits of reasonable applications to determine the position produced maximum conducted emissions. 5.5.1. Major Measuring Instruments

Test Receiver Attenuation Start Frequency Stop Frequency IF Bandwidth 5.5.2. Test Procedures

(R&S ESCS 30) 10 dB 0.15 MHz 30 MHz 9 KHz a. The EUT was placed 0.4 meter from the conducting wall of the shielding room was kept at least 80 centimeters from any other grounded conducting surface. b. Connect EUT to the power mains through a line impedance stabilization network (LISN). c. All the support units are connect to the other LISN. d. The LISN provides 50 ohm coupling impedance for the measuring instrument. e. The FCC states that a 50 ohm, 50 microhenry LISN should be used. f. Both sides of AC line were checked for maximum conducted interference. g. The frequency range from 150 KHz to 30 MHz was searched. h. Set the test-receiver system to Peak Detect Function and Specified Bandwidth with Maximum Hold Mode. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 22 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5.5.3. Test Result of Conducted Emission

Test Mode: Mode 1

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 23 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 2

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 24 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 3

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 25 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 4

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 26 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 5

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 27 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 6

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 28 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 7

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 29 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 8

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 30 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 9

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 31 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 10

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 32 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 11

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 33 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 12

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 34 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 13

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 35 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 14

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 36 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 15

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 37 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 16

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 38 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 17

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 39 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 18

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 40 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 19

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 41 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 20

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 42 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 21

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 43 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 22

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 44 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 23

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 45 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Test Mode: Mode 24

Frequency Range of Test: from 150KHz to 30 MHz

6dB Bandwidth: 9KHz

Temperature: 26 C

Relative Humidity: 48 %

Report No. : F370909 The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by a frame in the following data Test Engineer :

Neil Huang SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 46 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5.6. Test of Radiated Emission Report No. : F370909 Radiated emissions from 30 MHz to 25 GHz were measured according to the methods defines in ANSI C63.4-2001. The EUT was placed on a nonmetallic stand, 0.8 meter above the ground plane, as shown in section 5.6.3. The interface cables and equipment positions were varied within limits of reasonable applications to determine the positions producing maximum radiated emissions 5.6.1. Major Measuring Instruments 5.6.1.1 from 30MHz to 1GHz

Spectrum Analyzer Attenuation Start Frequency Stop Frequency Resolution Bandwidth Signal Input

Amplifier RF Gain Signal Input 5.6.1.2 from 1GHz to 25GHz

Spectrum analyzer Attenuation Start Frequency Stop Frequency Resolution Bandwidth Video Bandwidth Signal Input

Amplifier RF Gain Signal Input SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255

( ADVANTEST R3261C ) 10 dB 30 MHz 1000 MHz 120 KHz 30MHz 2.6GHz

(HP 8447D) 25 dB 100KHz -1.3GHz

( R&S FSP40 ) 10 dB 1 GHz 25 GHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 9 KHz to 40 GHz

(MITEQ AFS44) 40 dB 100 MHz to 26.5GHz FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 47 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5.6.2. Test Procedures Report No. : F370909 1. The EUT was placed on a rotatable table top 0.8 meter above ground. 2. The EUT was set 3 meters from the interference receiving antenna which was mounted on the top of a variable height antenna tower. 3. The table was rotated 360 degrees to determine the position of the highest radiation. 4. The antenna is a broadband antenna and its height is varied between one meter and four meters above ground to find the maximum value of the field strength both horizontal polarization and vertical polarization of the antenna are set to make the measurement. 5. For each suspected emission the EUT was arranged to its worst case and then tune the antenna tower (from 1 M to 4 M) and turn table (from 0 degree to 360 degrees) to find the maximum reading. 6. Set the test-receiver system to Peak or CISPR quasi-peak Detect Function and specified bandwidth with Maximum Hold Mode. If the emission level of the EUT in peak mode was 3 dB lower than the limit specified, then testing will be stopped and peak values of EUT will be reported, otherwise, the emissions which do not have 3 dB margin will be repeated one by one using the quasi-peak method and reported. 8. For testing above 1GHz, the emission level of the EUT in peak mode was 20dB lower than average limit (that means the emission level in peak mode also complies with the limit in average mode), then testing will be stopped and peak values of EUT will be reported, otherwise, the emissions will be measured in average mode again and reported. 7. 5.6.3. Typical Test Setup Layout of Radiated Emission Antenna Equipment under Test 0.8 M TurnTable Test distance Ground Plane SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 Receiver FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 48 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5.6.4. Test Result of Radiated Emission Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 1

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following test record

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 49 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 50 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Report No. : F370909 Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 30.18 H Loss

( dB ) 6.22

( dBuV ) (dBuV/m) 68.30

-

( dBuV/m )

( uV/m ) 104.70 171790.84

( dB ) Mode Peak

( MHz ) 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 H V V 30.18 30.18 30.18 6.22 6.22 6.22 63.29 67.64 62.68 4828.000 V/H 7236.000 V/H 9648.000 V/H 12060.000 V/H 14472.000 V/H 16884.000 V/H 19296.000 V/H 21708.000 V/H

-

-

-

(uV/m)

-

-

-

-

99.69 96493.93 104.04 159220.87 99.08 89949.76

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

A.V. A.V. Peak Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. 24120.000 V/H Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above

-

Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 51 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 2

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following test record

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 52 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 53 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Report No. : F370909 Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.30 H Loss

( dB ) 6.26

( dBuV ) (dBuV/m) 61.20

-

( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) 61376.20 95.76

( dB ) Mode Peak

( MHz ) 2438.000 2438.000 2438.000 2438.000 H V V 28.30 28.30 28.30 6.26 6.26 6.26 55.14 61.26 55.17 4876.000 V/H 7311.000 V/H 9748.000 V/H 12185.000 V/H 14622.000 V/H 17059.000 V/H 19496.000 V/H 21933.000 V/H

-

-

-

(uV/m)

-

-

-

-

89.70 30549.21 95.82 89.73 61801.64 30654.91

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

A.V. Peak A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. 24370.000 V/H Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above

-

Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 54 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 3

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 55 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 56 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.35 H

( MHz ) 2462.000 2462.000 2462.000 2462.000 4920.000 7386.000 9848.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12310.000 V/H 14772.000 V/H 17234.000 V/H 19696.000 V/H 22158.000 V/H 24620.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.29 6.29 6.29 6.29

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 66.59

( uV/m ) 101.23 115212.61

-

-

61.26 68.49 63.37

-

-

-

-

-

-

95.90 62373.48 103.13 143383.77 98.01 79524.33

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak 28.35 28.35 28.35 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 57 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 4

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 58 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 59 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 30.18 H Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect

( MHz ) 2410.000 2410.000 2408.000 2408.000 4824.000 7236.000 9648.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12060.000 V/H 14472.000 V/H 16884.000 V/H 19296.000 V/H 21708.000 V/H 24120.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.22 6.22 6.22 6.22 30.18 30.18 30.18

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 62.22 98.62

-

-

( uV/m ) 85310.01

( dB ) Mode Peak 60.19 59.66 57.46

-

-

-

-

-

-

96.59 67530.51 96.06 63533.09 93.86 49317.38

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

AV Peak AV AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 60 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 5

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 61 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 62 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.29 H

( MHz ) 2436.000 2436.000 2438.000 2438.000 4876.000 7311.000 9748.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12185.000 V/H 14622.000 V/H 17059.000 V/H 19496.000 V/H 21933.000 V/H 24370.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.26 6.26 6.26 6.26

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 65.87

( uV/m ) 100.42 104954.24

-

-

60.06 72.37 65.35

-

-

-

-

-

-

94.61 53765.04 106.93 222075.17 99.91 98969.19

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak 28.29 28.30 28.30 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 63 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 6

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 64 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 65 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.35 H

( MHz ) 2462.000 2462.000 2462.000 2462.000 4942.000 7386.000 9848.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12310.000 V/H 14772.000 V/H 17234.000 V/H 19696.000 V/H 22158.000 V/H 24620.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.29 6.29 6.29 6.29

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 64.67 99.31

-

-

( uV/m ) 92363.42 52.29 72.56 63.56

-

-

-

-

-

-

86.93 22207.52 107.20 229086.77 98.20 81283.05

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak 28.35 28.35 28.35 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 66 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 7

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following test record

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 67 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909 200 305

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 68 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Report No. : F370909 Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Emission Level Margin Detect

( MHz ) 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 24120.000 4828.000 4828.000 4828.000 Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 30.18 H Loss

( dB ) 6.22

( dBuV ) (dBuV/m) 64.60

-

H V V H V V 30.18 30.18 30.18 33.28 33.28 6.22 6.22 6.22 9.06 9.06 59.14 71.37 65.38 11.11 2.58

-

-

-

74.00 5011.87 54.00 501.19

(uV/m)

-

-

-

-

( dBuV/m )

( uV/m ) 101.00 112201.85

( dB ) Mode Peak 95.54 59841.16 A.V. 107.77 244624.53 101.78 122743.92 A.V. Peak Peak, A.V.

-20.55 Peak 7236.000 V/H 9648.000 V/H 12060.000 V/H 14472.000 V/H 16884.000 V/H 19296.000 V/H 21708.000 V/H

-

53.45 44.92

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

470.44 176.20

-9.08 A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. 24120.000 V/H Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above

-

Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 69 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 8

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following test record

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 70 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 71 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Report No. : F370909 Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 30.15 H Loss

( dB ) 6.26

( dBuV ) (dBuV/m) 59.41

-

( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) 61801.64 95.82

( dB ) Mode Peak

( MHz ) 2438.000 2438.000 2436.000 2436.000 H V V 30.15 30.15 30.15 6.26 6.26 6.26 60.65 64.17 70.48 4876.000 V/H 7311.000 V/H 9748.000 V/H 12185.000 V/H 14622.000 V/H 17059.000 V/H 19496.000 V/H 21933.000 V/H

-

-

-

(uV/m)

-

-

-

-

97.06 71285.30 100.58 106905.49 106.89 221054.83

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

A.V. Peak A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. 24370.000 V/H Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above

-

Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 72 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 9

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 73 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 74 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 30.13 H

( MHz ) 2460.000 2460.000 2460.000 2460.000 4920.000 7386.000 9848.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12310.000 V/H 14772.000 V/H 17234.000 V/H 19696.000 V/H 22158.000 V/H 24620.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.29 6.29 6.29 6.29

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 61.84 98.26

-

-

( uV/m ) 81846.48 61.20

-3.81 10.14

-

-

-

-

-

-

97.62 76032.63 32.61 42.71 46.56 212.81

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak 30.13 30.13 30.13 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 75 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 10

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following test record

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 76 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 77 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Report No. : F370909 Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 30.18 H Loss

( dB ) 6.22

( dBuV ) (dBuV/m) 59.69

-

(uV/m)

( dBuV/m )

( uV/m ) 63752.91

( dB ) Mode Peak 96.09

( MHz ) 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 H V V 30.18 30.18 30.18 6.22 6.22 6.22 63.80 61.64 59.00 4828.000 V/H 7236.000 V/H 9648.000 V/H 12060.000 V/H 14472.000 V/H 16884.000 V/H 19296.000 V/H 21708.000 V/H

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

100.20 102329.30 98.04 95.40 79799.47 58884.37

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

A.V. Peak A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. 24120.000 V/H Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above

-

Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 78 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 11

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following test record

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 79 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 80 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Report No. : F370909 Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.30 H Loss

( dB ) 6.26

( dBuV ) (dBuV/m) 64.93

-

( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) 94297.46 99.49

( dB ) Mode Peak

( MHz ) 2438.000 2438.000 2438.000 2438.000 H V V 28.30 28.30 28.30 6.26 6.26 6.26 59.38 73.48 66.27 4876.000 V/H 7311.000 V/H 9748.000 V/H 12185.000 V/H 14622.000 V/H 17059.000 V/H 19496.000 V/H 21933.000 V/H

-

-

-

(uV/m)

-

-

-

-

93.94 49773.71 108.04 252348.08 100.83 110065.19

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

A.V. Peak A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. 24370.000 V/H Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above

-

Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 81 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 12

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 82 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 83 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.35 H

( MHz ) 2462.000 2462.000 2460.000 2460.000 4920.000 7386.000 9848.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12310.000 V/H 14772.000 V/H 17234.000 V/H 19696.000 V/H 22158.000 V/H 24620.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.29 6.29 6.29 6.29

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 66.22

( uV/m ) 100.86 110407.86

-

-

56.39 72.86 63.38

-

-

-

-

-

-

91.03 35604.10 107.49 236864.51 98.01 79524.33

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak 28.35 28.34 28.34 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 84 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 13

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 85 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 86 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.24 H Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect

( MHz ) 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 4824.000 7236.000 9648.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12060.000 V/H 14472.000 V/H 16884.000 V/H 19296.000 V/H 21708.000 V/H 24120.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.22 6.22 6.22 6.22 28.24 28.24 28.24

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 67.34

( uV/m ) 101.80 123026.88

-

-

61.84 68.18 63.88

-

-

-

-

-

-

96.30 65313.06 102.64 135518.94 98.34 82603.79

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 87 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 14

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 88 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 89 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.30 H

( MHz ) 2438.000 2438.000 2436.000 2436.000 4876.000 7311.000 9748.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12185.000 V/H 14622.000 V/H 17059.000 V/H 19496.000 V/H 21933.000 V/H 24370.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.26 6.26 6.26 6.26

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 60.52 95.08

-

-

( uV/m ) 56754.46 54.36 61.55 55.35

-

-

-

-

-

-

88.92 27925.44 96.10 63826.35 89.90 31260.79

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak 28.30 28.29 28.29 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 90 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 15

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 91 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 92 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.35 H

( MHz ) 2462.000 2462.000 2462.000 2462.000 4942.000 7386.000 9848.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12310.000 V/H 14772.000 V/H 17234.000 V/H 19696.000 V/H 22158.000 V/H 24620.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.29 6.29 6.29 6.29

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 66.14

( uV/m ) 100.78 109395.64

-

-

58.66 69.04 59.37

-

-

-

-

-

-

93.30 46238.10 103.68 152756.61 94.01 50176.46

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak 28.35 28.35 28.35 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 93 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 16

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following test record

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 94 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 95 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Report No. : F370909 Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.24 H Loss

( dB ) 6.22

( dBuV ) (dBuV/m) 72.14

-

( dBuV/m )

( uV/m ) 106.60 213796.21

( dB ) Mode Peak

( MHz ) 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 H V V 28.24 28.24 28.24 6.22 6.22 6.22 67.96 65.64 60.09 4828.000 V/H 7236.000 V/H 9648.000 V/H 12060.000 V/H 14472.000 V/H 16884.000 V/H 19296.000 V/H 21708.000 V/H

-

-

-

(uV/m)

-

-

-

-

102.42 132129.56 100.10 101157.95 94.55 53394.93

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

A.V. Peak A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. 24120.000 V/H Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above

-

Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 96 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 17

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following test record

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 97 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 98 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Report No. : F370909 Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.29 H Loss

( dB ) 6.26

( dBuV ) (dBuV/m) 57.23

-

( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) 38815.04 91.78

( dB ) Mode Peak

( MHz ) 2436.000 2436.000 2438.000 2438.000 H V V 28.29 28.30 28.30 6.26 6.26 6.26 51.19 66.97 64.94 4876.000 V/H 7311.000 V/H 9748.000 V/H 12185.000 V/H 14622.000 V/H 17059.000 V/H 19496.000 V/H 21933.000 V/H

-

-

-

(uV/m)

-

-

-

-

85.74 19364.22 101.53 119261.43 99.50 94406.09

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

A.V. Peak A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. Peak, A.V. 24370.000 V/H Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above

-

Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 99 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 18

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 100 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 101 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.35 H

( MHz ) 2462.000 2462.000 2462.000 2462.000 4920.000 7386.000 9848.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12310.000 V/H 14772.000 V/H 17234.000 V/H 19696.000 V/H 22158.000 V/H 24620.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.29 6.29 6.29 6.29

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 64.07 98.71

-

-

( uV/m ) 86198.56 56.24 72.64 60.93

-

-

-

-

-

-

90.88 34994.52 107.28 231206.48 95.57 60048.20

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak 28.35 28.35 28.35 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 102 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 19

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 103 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 104 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 30.18 H Loss

( dB ) 6.22

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 66.17

( uV/m ) 102.57 134431.18

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak

( MHz ) 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 4824.000 4822.000 4822.000 7236.000 9648.000 H V V H V V V/H V/H 12060.000 V/H 14472.000 V/H 16884.000 V/H 19296.000 V/H 21708.000 V/H 24120.000 V/H 30.18 30.18 30.18 33.26 33.26 6.22 6.22 6.22 9.06 9.06 60.02 73.94 77.24

-

-

-

-

-

-

96.42 66221.65 110.34 328851.63 113.64 480839.35

-

AV AV Peak AV/Peak 12.28 74.00 5011.87 54.60 537.03

-19.40 Peak 4.77 54.00 501.19 47.09 226.20

-6.91 AV

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 105 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 20

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 106 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 107 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 30.15 H Loss

( dB ) 6.26

( MHz ) 2438.000 2438.000 2438.000 2438.000 4876.000 4876.000 4876.000 7311.000 9748.000 H V V H V V V/H V/H 12185.000 V/H 14622.000 V/H 17059.000 V/H 19496.000 V/H 21933.000 V/H 24370.000 V/H

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 67.44

( uV/m ) 103.85 155775.80

-

-

60.99 73.78 69.20

-

-

-

-

-

-

97.40 74131.02 110.19 323221.32 105.61 190765.57

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/Peak 13.97 74.00 5011.87 56.50 668.34

-17.50 Peak 6.60 54.00 501.19 49.13 286.09

-4.87 AV

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak 30.15 30.15 30.15 33.44 33.44 6.26 6.26 6.26 9.09 9.09 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 108 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 21

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 109 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 110 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 30.13 H

( MHz ) 2460.000 2460.000 2460.000 2460.000 4942.000 7386.000 9848.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12310.000 V/H 14772.000 V/H 17234.000 V/H 19696.000 V/H 22158.000 V/H 24620.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.29 6.29 6.29 6.29

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 57.83 94.25

-

-

( uV/m ) 51582.22 64.06 59.00 67.96

-

-

-

-

-

-

100.48 105681.75 95.42 59020.11 104.38 165577.00

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode AV Peak AV Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak 30.13 30.13 30.13 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 111 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 22

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 112 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 113 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.24 H Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect

( MHz ) 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 2412.000 4824.000 7236.000 9648.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12060.000 V/H 14472.000 V/H 16884.000 V/H 19296.000 V/H 21708.000 V/H 24120.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.22 6.22 6.22 6.22 28.24 28.24 28.24

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 57.60 92.06

-

-

( uV/m ) 40086.67

( dB ) Mode Peak 51.98 72.91 67.88

-

-

-

-

-

-

86.44 20989.40 107.37 233614.61 102.34 130918.19

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

AV Peak AV AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 114 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 23

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 115 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 116 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.30 H

( MHz ) 2438.000 2438.000 2438.000 2438.000 4876.000 7311.000 9748.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12185.000 V/H 14622.000 V/H 17059.000 V/H 19496.000 V/H 21933.000 V/H 24370.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.26 6.26 6.26 6.26

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 64.45 99.01

-

-

( uV/m ) 89227.76 56.96 73.40 68.44

-

-

-

-

-

-

91.52 37670.38 107.96 250034.54 103.00 141253.75

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak AV/Peak 28.30 28.30 28.30 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 117 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

Test Mode: Mode 24

Test Distance: 3M

Temperature: 30 C

Relative Humidity: 39 %

Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m)

Corrected Reading: Antenna Factor + Cable Loss + Read Level - Preamp Factor = Level The test was passed at the minimum margin that marked by the frame in the following table

Spurious Emission SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 118 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909

For 3GHz ~ 25GHz Remark: Frequency from 3000MHz to 25000MHz, the emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 119 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

Field strength of fundamental and harmonics Frequency Antenna Cable Reading Limits Report No. : F370909 Emission Level Margin Detect Polarity Factor

( dB/m ) 28.34 H

( MHz ) 2460.000 2460.000 2462.000 2462.000 4942.000 7386.000 9848.000 H V V V/H V/H V/H 12310.000 V/H 14772.000 V/H 17234.000 V/H 19696.000 V/H 22158.000 V/H 24620.000 V/H Loss

( dB ) 6.29 6.29 6.29 6.29

( dBuV ) ( dBuV/m ) ( uV/m ) ( dBuV/m ) 65.71

( uV/m ) 100.34 103992.02

-

-

55.27 73.02 62.41

-

-

-

-

-

-

89.90 31260.79 107.66 241546.08 97.04 71121.35

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

( dB ) Mode Peak AV Peak AV AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak AV/ Peak 28.34 28.35 28.34 Remark: The emission emitted by the EUT is too low to be measured except the emission listed above, Test Engineer :

William Lee SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 120 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5.7. Band Edges Measurement 5.7.1. Measuring Instruments As described in chapter 7 of this test report. 5.7.2. Test Procedure Report No. : F370909 1. The transmitter output was connected to the spectrum analyzer via a low lose cable. 2. Set both RBW and VBW of spectrum analyzer to 100KHz with convenient frequency span including 100 KHz bandwidth from band edge. 3. The band edges was measured and recorded. 4. We tested all antennas, which is 12dBi Omnidirectional antenna generated the worst case. This band edge test was conducted with 12dBi Omnidirectional antenna. 5.7.3. Test ResultG

Test Result in lower band (Channel 1)G

Test Result in higher band(Channel 11)G PASS PASS 5.7.4. Note on Band edge Emission The band edge emission plot on appendix B page B14. shows 46.69dB delta between carrier maximum power and local maximum emission in the restricted band (2.4835GHz).

Mode 1 Polarity H H V V The emission of carrier power strength

(dBgV/m) The maximum field strength in restrict band

(dBgV/m) 101.23 95.90 103.13 98.01 54.54 49.21 56.44 51.32 Limit Margin Result

(dBgV/m) 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00

(dB)

-19.46

-4.79

-17.56

-2.68 Peak Average Peak Average The band edge emission plot on appendix B page B14. shows 46.69dB delta between carrier maximum power and local maximum emission in the restricted band (2.4835GHz).

Mode 2 Polarity H H V V The emission of carrier power strength

(dBgV/m) The maximum field strength in restrict band

(dBgV/m) 99.31 86.93 107.20 98.20 52.62 40.24 60.51 51.51 Limit Margin Result

(dBgV/m) 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00

(dB)

-21.38

-13.76

-13.49

-2.49 Peak Average Peak Average SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 121 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909 The band edge emission plot on appendix B page B14. shows 46.69dB delta between carrier maximum power and local maximum emission in the restricted band (2.4835GHz).

Mode 3 Polarity H H V V The emission of carrier power strength

(dBgV/m) The maximum field strength in restrict band

(dBgV/m) 98.26 97.62 106.61 100.56 51.57 50.93 59.92 53.87 Limit Margin Result

(dBgV/m) 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00

(dB)

-22.43

-3.07

-14.08

-0.13 Peak Average Peak Average The band edge emission plot on appendix B page B14. shows 46.69dB delta between carrier maximum power and local maximum emission in the restricted band (2.4835GHz).

Mode 4 Polarity H H V V The emission of carrier power strength

(dBgV/m) The maximum field strength in restrict band

(dBgV/m) 100.86 91.03 107.49 98.01 54.17 44.34 60.80 51.32 Limit Margin Result

(dBgV/m) 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00

(dB)

-19.83

-9.66

-13.20

-2.68 Peak Average Peak Average The band edge emission plot on appendix B page B16. shows 45.18dB delta between carrier maximum power and local maximum emission in the restricted band (2.4835GHz).

Mode 5 The emission of carrier power strength

(dBgV/m) The maximum field strength in restrict band

(dBgV/m) 100.78 93.30 103.68 94.01 57.53 50.05 60.43 50.76 Limit Margin Result

(dBgV/m) 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00

(dB)

-16.47

-3.95

-13.57

-3.24 Peak Average Peak Average Polarity H H V V SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 122 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909 The band edge emission plot on appendix B page B16. shows 45.18dB delta between carrier maximum power and local maximum emission in the restricted band (2.4835GHz).

Mode 6 Polarity H H V V The emission of carrier power strength

(dBgV/m) The maximum field strength in restrict band

(dBgV/m) 98.71 90.88 107.28 95.57 55.46 47.63 64.03 52.32 Limit Margin Result

(dBgV/m) 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00

(dB)

-18.54

-6.37

-9.97

-1.68 Peak Average Peak Average The band edge emission plot on appendix B page B16. shows 45.18dB delta between carrier maximum power and local maximum emission in the restricted band (2.4835GHz).

Mode 7 Polarity H H V V The emission of carrier power strength

(dBgV/m) The maximum field strength in restrict band

(dBgV/m) 100.48 94.25 104.38 95.42 57.23 51.00 61.13 52.17 Limit Margin Result

(dBgV/m) 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00

(dB)

-16.77

-3.00

-12.87

-1.83 Peak Average Peak Average The band edge emission plot on appendix B page B16. shows 45.18dB delta between carrier maximum power and local maximum emission in the restricted band (2.4835GHz).

Mode 8 Polarity H H V V The emission of carrier power strength

(dBgV/m) The maximum field strength in restrict band

(dBgV/m) 100.34 89.90 107.66 97.04 57.09 46.65 64.41 53.79 Limit Margin Result

(dBgV/m) 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00

(dB)

-16.91

-7.35

-9.59

-0.21 Peak Average Peak Average The maximum field strength in restricted band is the emission of carrier power strength subtract to the delta between carrier maximum power and local maximum emission in the restricted band. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 123 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5.8. Antenna Requirements Report No. : F370909 The EUT use a detachable antenna via SMA-reversed external connector. It is considered meet antenna requirement of FCC. 5.8.1. Standard Applicable For intentional device, according to FCC 47 CFR Section 15.203, an intentional radiator shall be designed to ensure that no antenna other than that furnished by the responsible party shall be used with the device. And according to FCC 47 CFR Section 15.247 (b), if transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6dBi are used, the power shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6dBi. 5.8.2. Antenna Connected Construction The maximum Gain antenna used in this product is Patch antenna. The antenna connector type is SMA-reversed. The coaxial cable has a unique connector. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 124 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 Report No. : F370909 FCC TEST REPORT 5.9. RF Exposure FCC Rules and Regulations Part 1.1307,1.1310,2.1091,2.1093:

RF Exposure Compliance 5.9.1. Limit For Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE)

(A) Limits for Occupational / Controlled Exposure Frequency Range

(MHz) Electric Field Strength

(E) (V/m) Magnetic Field Strength (H) (A/m) Power Density (S)

(mW/ cm2) 0.3-3.0 3.0-30 30-300 300-1500 1500-100,000 614 1842/f 61.4 1.63 4.89/f 0.163

(100)*

(900/f)*

1.0 F/300 5

(B) Limits for General Population / Uncontrolled Exposure Frequency Range

(MHz) Electric Field Strength

(E) (V/m) Magnetic Field Strength (H) (A/m) Power Density (S)

(mW/cm2) 0.3-1.34 1.34-30 30-300 300-1500 1500-100,000 614 824/f 27.5 1.63 2.19/f 0.073

(100)*

(180/f)*

0.2 F/1500 1.0 F=frequency in MHz *Plane-wave equivalent power density Averaging Time

|E|2,|H|2 or S

(minutes) 6 6 6 6 6 Averaging Time

|E|2,|H|2 or S

( minutes ) 30 30 30 30 30 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 125 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 5.9.2. MPE Calculations E (V/m) GP 30 d Report No. : F370909 Power Density: Pd (mW/cm2) 2E 3770 E Electric field (V/m) P Peak output power (mW) G Antenna numeric gain (numeric) d Separation distance (m) Because the EUT is belong to General Population/ Uncontrolled Exposure. So the Limit of Power Density is 1.0 mW/cm2. We can change the formula to:

d 30 GP 3770

Mode 1 Channel NO. Antenna Gain

(dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) Peak Output Power

(dBm) Peak Output Power ( mW ) Calculated RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 5.00 5.00 5.00 3.16 3.16 3.16 10.41 9.85 10.11 11.0 9.7 10.3 1.66 1.56 1.61 Channel 1 Channel 6 Channel 11

Mode 2 Channel NO. Antenna Gain

(dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) Peak Output Power

(dBm) Peak Output Power ( mW ) Calculated RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) Channel 1 Channel 6 Channel 11 5.00 5.00 5.00 3.16 3.16 3.16 10.41 9.85 10.11 11.0 9.7 10.3 1.66 1.56 1.61 Minimum RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 20 20 20 Minimum RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 20 20 20 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 126 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 Report No. : F370909 FCC TEST REPORT

Mode 3 Channel NO. Antenna Gain

(dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) Peak Output Power

(dBm) Peak Output Power ( mW ) Calculated RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 12.00 12.00 12.00 15.85 15.85 15.85 10.41 9.85 10.11 11.0 9.7 10.3 3.72 3.49 3.60 Channel 1 Channel 6 Channel 11

Mode 4 Channel NO. Antenna Gain

(dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) Peak Output Power

(dBm) Peak Output Power ( mW ) Calculated RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 18.00 18.00 18.00 63.10 63.10 63.10 10.41 9.85 10.11 11.0 9.7 10.3 7.43 6.96 7.18 Channel 1 Channel 6 Channel 11

Mode 5 Channel NO. Antenna Gain

(dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) Peak Output Power

(dBm) Peak Output Power ( mW ) Calculated RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 5.00 5.00 5.00 3.16 3.16 3.16 6.12 6.35 6.77 4.1 4.3 4.8 1.01 1.04 1.09 Channel 1 Channel 6 Channel 11

Mode 6 Channel NO. Antenna Gain

(dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) Peak Output Power

(dBm) Peak Output Power ( mW ) Calculated RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 5.00 5.00 5.00 3.16 3.16 3.16 6.12 6.35 6.77 4.1 4.3 4.8 1.01 1.04 1.09 Channel 1 Channel 6 Channel 11 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 Minimum RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 20 20 20 Minimum RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 20 20 20 Minimum RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 20 20 20 Minimum RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 20 20 20 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 127 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 Report No. : F370909 FCC TEST REPORT

Mode 7 Channel NO. Antenna Gain

(dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) Peak Output Power

(dBm) Peak Output Power ( mW ) Calculated RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 12.00 12.00 12.00 15.85 15.85 15.85 6.12 6.35 6.77 4.1 4.3 4.8 2.27 2.33 2.45 Channel 1 Channel 6 Channel 11

Mode 8 Channel NO. Antenna Gain

(dBi) Antenna Gain

(numeric) Peak Output Power

(dBm) Peak Output Power ( mW ) Calculated RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) Channel 1 Channel 6 Channel 11 18.00 18.00 18.00 63.10 63.10 63.10 6.12 6.35 6.77 4.1 4.3 4.8 4.53 4.65 4.89 5.9.3. FCC Radiation Exposure Statement Minimum RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 20 20 20 Minimum RF Exposure Separation Distance ( cm ) 20 20 20 This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. In order to avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antenna shall not be less than 20cm (8 inches) during normal operation. Proposed RF exposure safety information to include in Users Manual. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 128 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 6. EMI Suppression Component List 1. Add a core on RF cable.

(As the Internal photo No. 1) Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 129 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 7. Antenna Factor & Cable Loss Frequency

(MHz) 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 Antenna Factor

(dB) 17.85 16.79 15.58 12.47 8.71 7.18 5.65 5.91 6.16 7.00 8.01 8.78 9.54 10.09 10.63 11.55 12.57 12.04 11.09 11.02 10.25 9.52 9.13 9.18 9.23 10.37 11.45 12.24 12.65 13.04 13.73 14.42 15.08 15.77 16.43 17.10 17.76 18.42 19.09 18.72 18.33 19.25 20.19 19.84 19.49 20.86 22.25 Cable Loss

(dB) 0.68 0.76 0.75 0.84 0.85 0.96 1.00 1.15 0.93 0.98 1.00 1.07 1.12 1.12 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.30 1.38 1.42 1.47 1.50 1.60 1.68 1.68 1.71 1.82 1.92 1.98 2.12 2.22 2.32 2.38 2.40 2.42 2.70 2.85 2.93 3.20 3.45 3.50 3.73 3.93 4.09 4.20 4.18 4.33 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 Report No. : F370909 Frequency Antenna Factor Cable Loss

(MHz) 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 16000 17000 18000 19000 20000 21000 22000 23000 24000 25000 14000 15000 16000 17000 18000 19000 20000 21000 22000 23000 24000 25000

(dB) 24.30 31.10 29.60 30.80 34.20 33.30 37.80 39.40 38.40 38.90 41.10 42.70 43.90 43.70 43.40 40.90 44.40 47.10 37.60 37.30 37.00 38.00 38.70 38.60 38.90 43.70 43.40 40.90 44.40 47.10 37.60 37.30 37.00 38.00 38.70 38.60 38.90

(dB) 3.89 5.41 6.92 8.24 9.22 10.25 11.61 11.78 12.59 13.84 14.64 14.12 16.01 13.76 14.30 15.16 15.88 16.09 16.98 16.21 20.13 19.24 19.64 20.54 20.14 13.76 14.30 15.16 15.88 16.09 16.98 16.21 20.13 19.24 19.64 20.54 20.14 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 130 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 8. List of Measuring Equipments Used Report No. : F370909 Instrument Manufacturer Model No. Serial No. Characteristics Calibration Date Remark Receiver R&S ESCS 30 836858/024 9 KHz - 2.75 GHz Dec. 10, 2002 LISN LISN RF Cable-CON 50 ohm BNC type MessTec NNB-2/16Z 2001/007 9KHz ~ 30MHz Jun. 02, 2003 MessTec NNB-2/16Z 2001/004 9KHz ~ 30MHz Jun. 02, 2003 Suhner Switzerland RG223/U CB017 9KHz~30MHz Jan. 08, 2003 NOBLE 50ohm TM002 50 ohm May 19, 2003 Open Area Test Site SPORTON OATS-10 OS01-LK 30MHz~1GHz 10m,3m Nov. 23, 2002 Spectrum Analyzer Advantest R3261C 81720145 9KHz-2.6GHz May 15, 2003 Receiver Amplifier R&S HP ESCS 30 838251/003 9KHz~2.75GHz Jan. 13, 2003 8447D 2944A09068 100KHz -1.3GHz Oct. 14, 2002 Bilog Antenna CHASE CBL6112A 2672 30MHz -2GHz Jun. 16, 2003 Turn Table Antenna Mast EMCO EMCO RF Cable-R10m BELDEN RF Cable-R03m BELDEN 2080 2075 RG8/U RG8/U 9711-2022 0 360 degree 9710-2101 1 m- 4 m N/A N/A CB005 30MHz~1GHz Jan. 20, 2003 CB006 30MHz~1GHz Jan. 20, 2003 Conduction

(CO01-LK) Conduction

(CO01-LK) Conduction

(CO01-LK) Conduction Conduction Radiation

(OS01-LK) Radiation Radiation Radiation Radiation Radiation Radiation Radiation Radiation Horn Antenna COM-POWER AH-118 10094 1GHz 18GHz Apr. 10, 2003 Radiation Spectrum analyzer R&S FSP30 100023 9KHZ~30GHz Jul. 22, 2003 Radiation Amplifier MITEQ AFS44 879981 100MHz~26.5GHz Jul. 23, 2003 Radiation RF Cable-HIGH Jye Bao RG142 CB030-HIGH 1GHz~29.5GHz Mar. 14, 2003 Radiation Calibration Interval of instruments listed above is one year. SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 131 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT 9. Uncertainty of Test Site Uncertainty of Conducted Emission Measurement Contribution Cable and I/P attenuator calibration RCV/SPA specification LISN coupling specification Transducer factor frequency interpolation Mismatch Receiver VSWR 1=0.09 LISN VSWR 2=0.33 Uncertainty=20log(1-1*2) combined standard uncertainty uc(y) Measuring uncertainty for a level of confidence of 95% U=2 uc(y) uc(y)= {(0.3/2) +(2.5+1.5+0.2)/3+(1.7)/2}=1.7 Uncertainty of Radiated Emission Measurement Contribution Antenna factor calibration cable loss calibration RCV/SPA specification Antenna Directivity Antenna Factor V.S. Height Antenna Factor Interpolation for Frequency site imperfection Mismatch Receiver VSWR 1=0.09 Antenna VSWR 2=0.67 Uncertainty=20log(1-1*2) combined standard uncertainty uc(y) Measuring uncertainty for a level of confidence of 95% U=2 uc(y) Report No. : F370909 Probability Distribution normal(k=2) Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular U-shaped Normal normal (k=2) Probability Distribution normal(k=2) normal(k=2) rectangular rectangular rectangular rectangular rectangular U-shaped normal normal

(k=2) 150KHz 30MHz 0.3 2.5 1.5 0.2 0.2 1.7 3.4 3m 10m 1.6 0.3 2.5 3 2 0.25 2 0.54 2.9 5.8 1.6 0.3 2.5 0.5 2 0.25 2 0.54 2.4 4.8 uc(y)= {(1.6/2)+(0.3/2)+(2.5+0.5+2+0.25+2)/3+(0.54)/2}=2.4 for 10m test distance uc(y)= {(1.6/2)+(0.3/2)+(2.5+3+2+0.25+2)/3+(0.54)/2}=2.9 for 3m test distance SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID. Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 132 of 132

: Oct. 22, 2003

 

 

FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909 1.1. Photographs of Conducted Emission Test Configuration

The photographs show the configuration that generates the maximum emission. Mode 1 ~ Mode 3 & Mode 13 ~ Mode 15 FRONT VIEW REAR VIEW SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 1 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT SIDE VIEW Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 2 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

The photographs show the configuration that generates the maximum emission. Mode 4 ~ Mode 6 & Mode 16 ~ Mode 18 Report No. : F370909 FRONT VIEW REAR VIEW SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 3 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT SIDE VIEW Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 4 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

The photographs show the configuration that generates the maximum emission. Mode 7 ~ Mode 9 & Mode 19 ~ Mode 21 Report No. : F370909 FRONT VIEW REAR VIEW SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 5 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT SIDE VIEW Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 6 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

The photographs show the configuration that generates the maximum emission. Mode 10 ~ Mode 12 & Mode 22 ~ Mode 24 Report No. : F370909 FRONT VIEW REAR VIEW SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 7 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT SIDE VIEW Report No. : F370909 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 8 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT Report No. : F370909 1.2. Photographs of Radiated Emission Test Configuration

The photographs show the configuration that generates the maximum emission. Mode 1 ~ Mode 3 & Mode 13 ~ Mode 15 FRONT VIEW REAR VIEW SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 9 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

The photographs show the configuration that generates the maximum emission. Mode 4 ~ Mode 6 & Mode 16 ~ Mode 18 Report No. : F370909 FRONT VIEW REAR VIEW SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 10 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

The photographs show the configuration that generates the maximum emission. Mode 7 ~ Mode 9 & Mode 19 ~ Mode 21 Report No. : F370909 FRONT VIEW REAR VIEW SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 11 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003 FCC TEST REPORT

The photographs show the configuration that generates the maximum emission. Mode 10 ~ Mode 12 & Mode 22 ~ Mode 24 Report No. : F370909 FRONT VIEW REAR VIEW SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 FCC ID Page No. Issued Date

: PY3FWG114P

: 12 of 12

: Oct. 22, 2003